Go to:
Gentoo Home
Documentation
Forums
Lists
Bugs
Planet
Store
Wiki
Get Gentoo!
Gentoo's Bugzilla – Attachment 121339 Details for
Bug 181086
Please stabilize app-text/jabref-2.2
Home
|
New
–
[Ex]
|
Browse
|
Search
|
Privacy Policy
|
[?]
|
Reports
|
Requests
|
Help
|
New Account
|
Log In
[x]
|
Forgot Password
Login:
[x]
example bibliography to load
persoenlich.bib (text/plain), 312.61 KB, created by
Christian Faulhammer (RETIRED)
on 2007-06-06 16:17:26 UTC
(
hide
)
Description:
example bibliography to load
Filename:
MIME Type:
Creator:
Christian Faulhammer (RETIRED)
Created:
2007-06-06 16:17:26 UTC
Size:
312.61 KB
patch
obsolete
>This file was created with JabRef 1.7. >Encoding: ISO-8859-15 > >@STRING{beiprogramm = {{\TeX}-Beiprogramm}} > >@STRING{bretter = {Bretter, die die Welt bedeuten}} > >@STRING{dtk = {{D}ie {\TeX}nische {K}om{\"o}die}} > >@STRING{editorial = {Editorial}} > >@STRING{fremdebuehne = {Von fremden B{\"u}hnen}} > >@STRING{fundus = {Aus dem Fundus}} > >@STRING{hinterbuehne = {Hinter der B{\"u}hne}} > >@STRING{leserbrief = {Leserbrief(e)}} > >@STRING{magazin = {Magazin}} > >@STRING{rezension = {Rezensionen}} > >@STRING{schonimmer = {Was Sie schon immer {\"u}ber {\TeX} wissen wollten \dots}} > >@STRING{theaterkasse = {Von der Theaterkasse}} > >@STRING{theatertage = {{\TeX}-Theatertage}} > >@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:latex3-projekt-team:news, > author = {\LaTeX3-Projekt-Team}, > title = {News from {\LaTeX}3}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1993}, > volume = {1/93}, > pages = {32--34}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {5}, > annote = {#fremdebuehne#}, > keywords = {\LaTeX3, \LaTeX-News, \LaTeX-Entwicklung}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk91.1:alighieri:goettliche, > author = {Dante Alighieri}, > title = {Die g{\"o}ttliche {K}om{\"o}die}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1991}, > volume = {1/91}, > pages = {30--31}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#magazin#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk91.2:alighieri:goettliche, > author = {Dante Alighieri}, > title = {Die g{\"o}ttliche {K}om{\"o}die}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1991}, > volume = {2/91}, > pages = {38}, > month = aug, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#magazin#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk90.1:alighieri:goettliche, > author = {Dante Alighieri}, > title = {Die g{\"o}ttliche {K}om{\"o}die}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1990}, > volume = {1/90}, > pages = {46}, > month = mar, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#magazin#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk90.2:alighieri:goettliche, > author = {Dante Alighieri}, > title = {Die g{\"o}ttliche {K}om{\"o}die}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1990}, > volume = {2/90}, > pages = {41}, > month = aug, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#magazin#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk90.4:alighieri:goettliche, > author = {Dante Alighieri}, > title = {Die g{\"o}ttliche {K}om{\"o}die}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1990}, > volume = {4/90}, > pages = {46--47}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk89.0:alighieri:goettliche, > author = {Dante Alighieri}, > title = {Die g{\"o}ttliche {K}om{\"o}die}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1989}, > volume = {0/89}, > pages = {32}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {1}, > annote = {#magazin#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk91.3:astheimer:bemerkung, > author = {Henning Astheimer}, > title = {Bemerkung zu den {S}ervern}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1991}, > volume = {3/91}, > pages = {44--45}, > month = oct, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, > keywords = {Leserbrief}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.1:baas:tex-makros, > author = {Michael Baas}, > title = {{\TeX}-{M}akros f{\"u}r {F}ortgelaufene}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {1/94}, > pages = {34--40}, > month = jul, > abstract = {Anhand eines konkreten Beispiels, {\"u}ber dessen praktische Zul{\"a}ssigkeit die > {\glqq}Fundis{\grqq} unter den {\TeX}-Anwendern sicherlich hei{\ss}e > Diskussionen f{\"u}hren k{\"o}nnten, wird das Problem aufgezeigt, einen > allgemeinen {\glqq}Definitionsmechanismus{\grqq} f{\"u}r Makros zu > entwickeln. Es werden schlie{\ss}lich drei Makros entwickelt, die es in > verschiedenen Varianten erlauben, beliebige Zeichen als Makro zu definieren.}, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Makrodefinition, Makroprogrammierung}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk91.3:baas:briefe, > author = {Michael Baas}, > title = {Briefe mit {\LaTeX} -- {E}in {\"U}berblick}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1991}, > volume = {3/91}, > pages = {37--40}, > month = oct, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Briefe, Dinbriefe}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:barth.steiner:deutsche, > author = {Wilhelm Barth and Helmut Steiner}, > title = {Deutsche {S}ilbentrennung f{\"u}r {\TeX} 3.1}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1992}, > volume = {1/92}, > pages = {33--35}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Silbentrennung}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.2:barthelmann:zaehler, > author = {Klaus Barthelmann}, > title = {Z{\"a}hler nicht zur{\"u}cksetzen}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1997}, > volume = {2/97}, > pages = {13--19}, > month = jul, > abstract = {Angenommen, Sie m{\"o}chten die Dokumentenklasse \texttt{report} > verwenden und ihre Fu{\ss}noten fortlaufend durch den gesamten Text > numerieren. Sie bemerken aber, da{\ss} die Z{\"a}hlung in jedem Kapitel > neu beginnt. Was tun? Die saubere und einfache L{\"o}sung besteht > darin, \texttt{report.cls} zu kopieren, umzubenennen und die Zeile > \verb+\@addtoreset{footnote}{chapter}+ zu streichen. Nat{\"u}rlich k{\"o}nnen dann noch weitere > Anpassungen vorgenommen werden. Die unsaubere L{\"o}sung dagegen erfodert, > die Wirkung dieser Zeile nachtr{\"a}glich aufzuheben. Sie greift in > {\LaTeXe}-Interna ein und lehrt uns etwas {\"u}ber Listenverarbeitung in {\TeX}.}, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Fu{\ss}noten, Z{\"a}hler, Listenverarbeitung, Mouth, Stommach, Makro}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:bauhaus:gedanken, > author = {Georg Bauhaus}, > title = {Gedanken zu {G}edanken zu {G}edankenstrichen}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1995}, > volume = {1/95}, > pages = {48--50}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {7}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, > keywords = {Leserbrief, Gedankenstriche}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk98.1:baumert:katzenbeisser, > author = {Uwe Baumert}, > title = {Katzenbeisser, {"`V}on der {I}dee zum {D}okument -- {E}inf{\"u}hrung in {\TeX} und {\LaTeX"'}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {1/98}, > pages = {53--55}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {10}, > annote = {#rezension#}, > keywords = {Rezension}, > reference = {Stefan Katzenbeisser: \emph{Von der Idee zum Dokument -- > Eine Einf{\"u}hrung in \TeX\ und \LaTeX}\\ R. Oldenbourg Verlag, > M{\"u}nchen, 2. Auflage 1997;\\ ISBN 3-486-24182-6\\ 230 Seiten, 69,00~DM}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk98.4:baumert:mit, > author = {Uwe Baumert}, > title = {"`Mit {\LaTeXe} wissenschaftliche {A}rbeiten erstellen"' von {K}arsten {G}{\"u}nther {(Hg.)}/{T}horsten {Z}ilm}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {4/98}, > pages = {34--37}, > month = dec, > annote = {#rezension#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:bayer:bericht, > author = {Georg Bayer}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {VM}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1995}, > volume = {1/95}, > pages = {36}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {7}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {VM}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:bayer:bericht, > author = {Georg Bayer}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {VM}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {3/94}, > pages = {39}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {VM}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:becker:devanangi-fonts, > author = {Joachim U. Becker}, > title = {Devanangi-{F}onts f{\"u}r {\TeX}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1992}, > volume = {3/92}, > pages = {44-45}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, > keywords = {Leserbrief, Devangangi, Fonts, Schriften}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk03.2:beeton:michael, > author = {Barbara Beeton}, > title = {Michael John Downes}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2003}, > volume = {2/03}, > pages = {27}, > month = may, > altnumber = {15}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk00.3:beitz:darstellung, > author = {Eric Beitz}, > title = {Darstellung von Membranprotein-Topologien mit dem {\TeX}topo-Paket}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2000}, > volume = {3/00}, > pages = {36--}, > month = sep, > abstract = {Wie zahlreiche Reaktionen auf das {\TeX}shade-Paket > f{\"u}r Nukleotid- und Pro\-teinsequenzvergleiche (DTK4/99) zeigen, > findet {\TeX} auch unter Bio\-wissen\-schaftlern seine Anwender. Nun > ist das n{\"a}chste {\TeX}-Makropaket f{\"u}r diesen Nutzerkreis > fertig gestellt. {\TeX}topo{} verarbeitet Daten zur Topologie von > Mem\-branproteinen und stellt sie schematisch dar. Dabei arbeitet es eng > mit oben genanntem {\TeX}shade{}-Paket zusammen, um automatisierte > Schattierungen zu erm{\"o}glichen. Beide Pakete zusammen genommen bilden den > Ausgangspunkt des Bio\TeX-Projekts, das ausgereifte {\TeX}-Makros > f{\"u}r Biochemiker/(Moleku\-lar-)Biologen zur Verf{\"u}gung stellen > will. Online-Dokumentationen und weitere Informationen finden sich > unter der URL \texttt{http://homepages.uni-tuebingen.de/beitz}. }, > altnumber = {12}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk99.4:beitz:texshade-paket, > author = {Eric Beitz}, > title = {Das \texttt{texshade}-Paket: Setzen von Nukleotid- und Protein\textsl{alignments}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1999}, > volume = {4/99}, > pages = {37--43}, > month = nov, > abstract = {Das \emph{naturwissenschaftliche} Satzprogramm {\TeX} hat sich aufgrund der > M{\"o}glichkeiten im Formelsatz bisher haupts{\"a}chlich in mathematisch > orientierten Fachrichtungen etabliert. Unter Biowissenschaftlern scheint es > dagegen nicht sehr verbreitet zu sein. Doch eignet sich {\TeX} als > Makrosprache hervorragend zur Darstellung und Schattierung von DNA- > oder Proteinsequenzvergleichen, sogenannten \emph{Alignments}. Das > {\TeX}shade{}-Paket wurde entwickelt, um bei einfachster Handhabung > Sequenzvergleiche flexibel und aussagekr{\"a}ftig zu gestalten. }, > altnumber = {11}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk02.3:benischke:huellen, > author = {Florian Benischke}, > title = {H{\"u}llen f{\"u}r Musikkassetten}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2002}, > volume = {3/02}, > pages = {41--43}, > month = oct, > abstract = {Mit Hilfe von \texttt{mceinleger.sty} lassen sich H{\"u}llen und Einleger für Musikkassetten > erstellen. Dieser Artikel soll dieses Paket vorstellen und seine Benutzung > erleichtern. Unter "`H{\"u}lle"' wird in diesem Zusammenhang eine Einlage > für Musikkassetten verstanden, die aus einer Vorder-, Schmal- und > R{\"u}ckseite besteht, ein "`Einleger"' umfasst zus{\"a}tzlich noch > eine einklappbare Seite, die an die Vorderseite anschlie{\ss}t. }, > altnumber = {14}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk91.1:bernloehr:viewdvi, > author = {Konrad Bernl{\"o}hr}, > title = {{VIEWDVI} -- ein leistungsf{\"a}higer {P}reviewer f{\"u}r {P}ersonal {C}omputer}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1991}, > volume = {1/91}, > pages = {20--23}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Previewer, VIEWDVI}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk02.1:beuermann:erstellung, > author = {Sascha Beuermann}, > title = {Erstellung von leistungsf{\"a}higen PDF-Dokumenten}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2002}, > volume = {1/02}, > month = mar, > abstract = { In diesem Artikel werden die M{\"o}glichkeiten aufgezeigt, die die Pakete > \texttt{hyperref} und \texttt{thumbpdf} bieten, um mit Hilfe von {\LaTeX}\ > leistungsf{\"a}hige Dokumente im Portable Document Format (PDF) zu > erstellen. Dabei wird insbesondere auf das Erzeugen von Lesezeichen > (Bookmarks), auf PDF-spezifische Anzeigeoptionen sowie auf das Anlegen von > Hypertext-Strukturen mit Hilfe des Pakets \texttt{hyperref} und auf die > Generierung der Seitenvorschau (Piktogramme oder Thumbnails) mit > dem Paket \texttt{thumbpdf} eingegangen. Abschlie{\ss}end wird die > Linearisierung und Verschl{\"u}sselung von PDF-Dokumenten behandelt. }, > altnumber = {14}, > altvolume = {1}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk93.2:birkhahn:gegendarstellung, > author = {Lutz Birkhahn}, > title = {Gegendarstellung zum {A}rtikel {\glqq}{A}miga und {\TeX}{\grqq}. 1/1993}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1993}, > volume = {2/93}, > pages = {56--59}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {5}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, > keywords = {Leserbrief, Amiga, cs\TeX, Atari, Gegendarstellung}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:birkhahn.lindner:bericht, > author = {Lutz Birkhahn and Stefan Lindner}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {A}tari}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1997}, > volume = {1/97}, > pages = {55}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {Atari}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:birkhahn.lindner:bericht, > author = {Lutz Birkhahn and Stefan Lindner}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {A}tari}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1995}, > volume = {1/95}, > pages = {32--33}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {7}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {Atari}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:birkhahn.lindner:bericht, > author = {Lutz Birkhahn and Stefan Lindner}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {A}tari}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {3/94}, > pages = {33--34}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {Atari}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:birkhahn.lindner:tex, > author = {Lutz Birkhahn and Stefan Lindner}, > title = {{\TeX} auf dem {A}tari {ST}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1991}, > volume = {4/91}, > pages = {40--43}, > month = dec, > abstract = {Das folgende ist ein stichpunktartiger > Bericht {\"u}ber den Status des {\TeX}-Systems auf dem Atari ST.}, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Atari}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk90.1:birnthaler:bearbeitung, > author = {Thomas Birnthaler}, > title = {Bearbeitung mehrteiliger {\LaTeX}-{D}okumente mit \texttt{TEXPART.BAT}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1990}, > volume = {1/90}, > pages = {32--34}, > month = mar, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {mehrteilige Dokumente}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk90.1:birnthaler:setzen, > author = {Thomas Birnthaler}, > title = {Setzen von {R}egeln mit \texttt{regel.sty}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1990}, > volume = {1/90}, > pages = {24--27}, > month = mar, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Regelsatz,}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk90.1:birnthaler:struktogramme, > author = {Thomas Birnthaler}, > title = {Struktogramme setzen mit \texttt{strukto.sty}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1990}, > volume = {1/90}, > pages = {27--32}, > month = mar, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Struktogramme}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:bleser.lang:bilder, > author = {Joachim Bleser and Edmund Lang}, > title = {Bilder in {\LaTeX}-{D}okumenten}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1992}, > volume = {3/92}, > pages = {18--24}, > month = nov, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Grafik, Bilder, \verb|picins.sty|}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk92.4:bleser.lang:balkendiagramme, > author = {Joachim Bleser and Edmund Lang}, > title = {Balkendiagramme in {\LaTeX}-{D}okumenten}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1992}, > volume = {4/92}, > pages = {28--33}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Balkendiagramme, Grafik, \verb|bar.sty|}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk92.2:bode:bibtex-style-files, > author = {Hans-Hermann Bode}, > title = {Neue {\BibTeX}-{S}tyle-{F}iles: die \emph{adaptable family}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1992}, > volume = {2/92}, > pages = {31--41}, > month = aug, > abstract = {Es wird eine neue Familie von > \BibTeX{}-Style-Files vorgestellt, die von den Standard-Style-Files > abgeleitet ist und sich durch nachtr{\"a}gliche Anpa{\ss}barkeit > von Layout und F{\"u}llw{\"o}rtern seitens des Benutzers oder der > Benutzerin auszeichnet. Das Paket umfa{\ss}t neben den eigentlichen > Stil-Dateien mit Definitionen, die automatisch eine englische oder > deutsche Bibliographie mit ausgeschriebenen oder abgek{\"u}rzten > F{\"u}llw{\"o}rtern erzeugen und au{\ss}erdem die volle Kompatibilit{\"a}t > bestehender \BibTeX{}-Datenbanken zu den neuen Stilen sowie umgekehrt die > Vertr{\"a}glichkeit neuer Datenbanken zu den alten Stilen herstellen.}, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {BibTeX}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk03.4:bogdol:latex, > author = {Blandyna Bogdol}, > title = {{\LaTeX} ist auch weiblich}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2003}, > volume = {4/03}, > pages = {24--27}, > month = nov, > abstract = { Ein {\LaTeX}-Kurs nur f{\"u}r Frauen? Und das noch > w{\"a}hrend des Urlaubs? Kann so was Spa{\ss} machen? Wie kann so ein Kurs > aufgebaut werden? Lesen Sie in diesem Artikel, wie acht Frauen sich > eine Woche lang nur mit dem Thema {\LaTeX} besch{\"a}ftigt haben. }, > altnumber = {15}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk04.3:bogdol.faulhammer:roland, > author = {Blandyna Bogdol and Christian Faulhammer}, > title = {"`\LaTeX{} echt einfach"' von Roland Willms (3. Auflage)}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2004}, > volume = {3/04}, > pages = {57--62}, > month = nov, > abstract = {Roland Willms schrieb ein Buch > unter dem viel versprechenenden Titel "`\LaTeX{} echt einfach"'. Er > verspricht, \LaTeX{} schnell und ohne Mühe zu erlernen. Ob es mit dem > Buch möglich ist oder doch nicht, zeigt die nachfolgende Rezension.}, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {16}, > annote = {#rezension#}, > owner = {Christian Faulhammer}, >} > >@BOOK{bib:borchert, > title = {Das Gesamtwerk}, > publisher = {Rowohlt}, > year = {1998}, > author = {Wolfgang Borchert}, > address = {Hamburg}, > isbn = {3-499-22509-3}, > owner = {Christian Faulhammer}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk92.4:bratz:beinahe, > author = {Ernst Bratz}, > title = {Beinahe gut -- ein subjektiver {T}est von {S}cientific {W}ord}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1992}, > volume = {4/92}, > pages = {37--38}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#rezension#}, > keywords = {Rezension, Word, Scientific Word}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk99.3:braun:tex-tagung, > author = {Jan Braun}, > title = {{\TeX}-Tagung DANTE\,2000 in Clausthal-Zellerfeld --- Ank{\"u}ndigung und Call for Papers}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1999}, > volume = {3/99}, > pages = {64--65}, > month = aug, > altnumber = {11}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {Spielplan}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk99.4:braun:tex-tagung, > author = {Jan Braun}, > title = {{\TeX}-Tagung DANTE\,2000 in Clausthal-Zellerfeld}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1999}, > volume = {4/99}, > pages = {65}, > month = nov, > altnumber = {11}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {Spielplan}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:braun:etwas, > author = {Jan Braun}, > title = {{E}in etwas anderer {W}etterbericht}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {4/97}, > pages = {66-68}, > month = feb, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:braun:winword, > author = {Jan Braun}, > title = {Win{W}ord versus {\LaTeX}, {H}eft 4/94}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1995}, > volume = {1/95}, > pages = {45--48}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {7}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, > keywords = {Leserbrief, WinWord}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:braune:bericht, > author = {Klaus Braune}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {U}nix}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {4/97}, > pages = {26--27}, > month = feb, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, > keywords = {UNIX}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:braune:protokoll, > author = {Klaus Braune}, > title = {{P}rotokoll der {S}itzung {A}{K} {S}oftware-{D}istribution}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {4/97}, > pages = {17--18}, > month = feb, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:braune:bericht, > author = {Klaus Braune}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {U}nix}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1997}, > volume = {1/97}, > pages = {62}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {UNIX}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:braune:bericht, > author = {Klaus Braune}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {UNIX}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1996}, > volume = {1/96}, > pages = {53--54}, > month = jun, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {8}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {UNIX}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:braune:bericht, > author = {Klaus Braune}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {UNIX}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1996}, > volume = {3/96}, > pages = {58}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {8}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {UNIX}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:braune:bericht, > author = {Klaus Braune}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {UNIX}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1995}, > volume = {1/95}, > pages = {35--36}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {7}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {UNIX}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:braune:bericht, > author = {Klaus Braune}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {UNIX}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1995}, > volume = {3/95}, > pages = {42--43}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {7}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:braune:bericht, > author = {Klaus Braune}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {UNIX}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {3/94}, > pages = {37--38}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {UNIX}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk96.4:breger:erfahrungen, > author = {Herbert Breger}, > title = {Erfahrungen bei der {A}nwendung von plain-{\TeX} und {E}dmac auf die {L}eibniz-{E}dition}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1997}, > volume = {4/96}, > pages = {16--22}, > month = feb, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {8}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Edmac, plain-{\TeX}, Leibniz}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:breitenlohner:bericht, > author = {Peter Breitenlohner}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {PubliC\TeX}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1996}, > volume = {1/96}, > pages = {52--53}, > month = jun, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {8}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {Public\TeX}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:breitenlohner:bericht, > author = {Peter Breitenlohner}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {PC}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1996}, > volume = {3/96}, > pages = {62}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {8}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {PC}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:breitenlohner:bericht, > author = {Peter Breitenlohner}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {PC}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {3/94}, > pages = {37}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {PC}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:breuer:ftp-server, > author = {Stefan Breuer}, > title = {ftp-{S}erver, {CD-ROM} oder {D}isketten? {D}ie {V}erteilermedien f{\"u}r {\TeX}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {3/94}, > pages = {47--49}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, > keywords = {Leserbrief, ftp, CD-ROM, Disketten}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk93.4:breuer:word, > author = {Stefan Breuer}, > title = {{WORD}, {\TeX} und {A}lcuin}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1993}, > volume = {4/93}, > pages = {44--45}, > month = apr, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {5}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {Word, Alcuin}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk92.4:breuer:anmerkungen, > author = {Stefan Breuer}, > title = {Anmerkungen zum \footnote-{B}efehl}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1992}, > volume = {4/92}, > pages = {20--22}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Fu{\ss}noten, Markup}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk96.2:breymann:dokumentationen, > author = {Ullrich Breymann}, > title = {Dokumentationen}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1996}, > volume = {2/96}, > pages = {37--43}, > month = aug, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {8}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {C-Programme, Quellcode, Dokumentationen, }, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk03.2:bronger:einfaches, > author = {Torsten Bronger}, > title = {Einfaches Setzen von Texten in Fraktur mittels \texttt{blacklettert1}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2003}, > volume = {2/03}, > pages = {52--66}, > month = may, > abstract = { Es gibt mehrere Wege, mit {\LaTeX} einen Text in Fraktur oder Gotisch zu setzen. > Leider ist das stets auf die eine oder andere Art umst{\"a}ndlich. > Das Paket \texttt{blacklettert1} versucht den Zugang zu gebrochenen > Schriften zu erleichtern, indem es sie in der T1-Kodierung bereitstellt. }, > altnumber = {15}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk93.4:brusberg:makeidx, > author = {Oliver Brusberg}, > title = {\emph{MakeIdx} -- ein (anderer) {I}ndexprozessor f{\"u}r {\LaTeX}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1993}, > volume = {4/93}, > pages = {30--33}, > month = apr, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {5}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {MakeIdx, Index}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:burkhard:bericht, > author = {Wener Burkhard}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {L}ehrerfortbildung}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1995}, > volume = {1/95}, > pages = {37}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {7}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {Lehrerfortbildung}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:burkhard:bericht, > author = {Wener Burkhard}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {L}ehrerfortbildung}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {3/94}, > pages = {40}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {Lehrerfortbildung}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:burkhard:klassenarbeiten, > author = {Werner Burkhard}, > title = {Klassenarbeiten mit {\LaTeX}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1992}, > volume = {1/92}, > pages = {29--32}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Aufgaben, Klassenarbeiten, Klausuren}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk92.4:burkhardt:schaubilder, > author = {Werner Burkhardt}, > title = {Schaubilder mathematischer {F}unktionen mit {\PiCTeX}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1992}, > volume = {4/92}, > pages = {22--27}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {\PiCTeX, Funktionen, Grafik, Mathematik}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk91.1:burr:editorial, > author = {Barbara Burr}, > title = {Editorial}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1991}, > volume = {1/91}, > pages = {3}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#editorial#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk91.2:burr:editorial, > author = {Barbara Burr}, > title = {Editorial}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1991}, > volume = {2/91}, > pages = {3}, > month = aug, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#editorial#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk90.2:burr:editorial, > author = {Barbara Burr}, > title = {Editorial}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1990}, > volume = {2/90}, > pages = {3}, > month = aug, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#editorial#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk90.2:burr:schwierigkeiten, > author = {Barbara Burr}, > title = {Schwierigkeiten beim {S}etzen einer {T}abelle}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1990}, > volume = {2/90}, > pages = {35--37}, > month = aug, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#schonimmer#}, > keywords = {Tabellensatz}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk90.3:burr:editorial, > author = {Barbara Burr}, > title = {Editorial}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1990}, > volume = {3/90}, > pages = {3}, > month = nov, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#editorial#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk90.4:burr:editorial, > author = {Barbara Burr}, > title = {Editorial}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1990}, > volume = {4/90}, > pages = {3}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#editorial#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk89.0:burr.kruljac:europaeische, > author = {Barbara Burr and Gabriele Kruljac}, > title = {4.~{E}urop{\"a}ische {\TeX}-{K}onferenz in {K}arlsruhe, 11.--13.~{S}eptember 1989}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1989}, > volume = {0/89}, > pages = {15--17}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {1}, > annote = {#rezension#}, > keywords = {Rezension}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.3:boeke:absaetze, > author = {Henning B{\"o}ke}, > title = {{A}bs{\"a}tze -- einmal anders, {H}eft 2/97}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1997}, > volume = {3/97}, > pages = {37--40}, > month = oct, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk02.2:christine-detig:bericht, > author = {Christine Detig, Johannes H{\"u}sing, Harald K{\"o}nig}, > title = {Bericht der Kassenpr{\"u}fer}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2002}, > volume = {2/02}, > pages = {10--13}, > month = jun, > altnumber = {14}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk01.3:creutzig:indexverzeichnisse, > author = {Christopher Creutzig}, > title = {Indexverzeichnisse mit \XINDY\ und \texttt{xindy.sty}~-- eine Einf{\"u}hrung}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2001}, > volume = {3/01}, > pages = {53--60}, > month = sep, > abstract = { Indexverzeichnisse werden beim Arbeiten mit {\TeX}\ > traditionell mit makeindex gesetzt. Dieses Programm hat leider viele > Einschr{\"a}nkungen, die das Erstellen der Indizes kompliziert xindy ist > ein Programm, das einen Teil der Einschr{\"a}nkungen umgeht. Mit > \texttt{xindy.sty} gibt es nun auch eine einigerma{\ss}en komfortable > M{\"o}glichkeit, diese Funktionen direkt aus {\LaTeX}\ heraus zu nutzen. }, > altnumber = {13}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk99.3:creutzig:interlinearuebersetzung, > author = {Christopher Creutzig}, > title = {Interlinear{\"u}bersetzung: eine M{\"o}glichkeit}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1999}, > volume = {3/99}, > pages = {27--29}, > month = aug, > abstract = {In \emph{\DTK\,2/1999} stellte Siegfried > Splett das Problem, eine einfach zu verwendende Umgebung f{\"u}r > \emph{Interlinear{\"u}bersetzungen} zu programmieren. Mit einer kleinen > Einschr{\"a}nkung stellt dieser Artikel das Gew{\"u}nschte zur Verf{\"u}gung. }, > altnumber = {11}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk90.3:dafferner:epson-kompatibilitaet, > author = {Andreas Dafferner}, > title = {Epson-{K}ompatibilit{\"a}t $\neq$ {E}pson-{K}ompatibilit{\"a}t}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1990}, > volume = {3/90}, > pages = {17--18}, > month = nov, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk90.4:dafferner:nachtrag, > author = {Andreas Dafferner}, > title = {Nachtrag zum {A}rtikel: \emph{{E}pson-{K}ompatibilit{\"a}t $\neq$ {E}pson-{K}ompatibilit{\"a}t}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1990}, > volume = {4/90}, > pages = {14}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk95.4:dafferner.dietsche.ea:alternative, > author = {Andreas Dafferner and Luzia Dietsche and Bernd Raichle and Volker RW Schaa and Rainer Sch{\"o}pf}, > title = {Das alternative {\LaTeX}-{G}lossar}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1995}, > volume = {4/95}, > pages = {43--47}, > month = mar, > abstract = {Vielen Anf{\"a}ngern und Umsteigern von anderen > Textverarbeitungsprogrammen ist die gro{\ss}e Anzahl von Befehlen in > {\TeX} und {\LaTeX} der Haupthinderungsgrund f{\"u}r eine schnelle und > effiziente Einarbeitung. Das hier abgedruckte Glossar soll einen ersten > einfachen Einstieg in die komplexe Befehlsstruktur auf eine leicht > verst{\"a}ndliche Weise erm{\"o}glichen. Bei Bedarf werden weitere > Folgen auf Schwerverst{\"a}ndliches oder Wissenswertes eingehen.}, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {7}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {Humor, Satire}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk91.3:dafferner.schoepf:aufenthalt, > author = {Andreas Dafferner and Rainer Sch{\"o}pf}, > title = {Ein {A}ufenthalt in {E}lbflorenz}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1991}, > volume = {3/91}, > pages = {19--21}, > month = oct, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#theatertage#}, > keywords = {Tagungsbericht}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.2:decker:protokoll, > author = {Herbert F. Decker}, > title = {Protokoll der 16.~{M}itgliederversammlung, {H}eft 1/97}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1997}, > volume = {2/97}, > pages = {41--42}, > month = jul, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, > keywords = {Leserbrief, Mitgliederschwund, Gegenma{\ss}nahmen}, >} > >@BOOK{bib:fraktur, > title = {Kleiner Fraktur-Knigge für den Umgang mit gebrochenen Schriften}, > publisher = {Bund für deutsche Schrift und Sprache}, > year = {2001}, > author = {Gerda Delbanco}, > address = {Ahlhorn}, > edition = {3}, > isbn = {3-930540-15-0}, > comment = {PDF-Version}, > owner = {Christian Faulhammer}, >} > >@BOOK{bib:detig, > title = {Der {\LaTeX}-Wegweiser}, > publisher = {mitp Verlag}, > year = {2004}, > author = {Christine Detig}, > address = {Bonn}, > edition = {2}, > month = jun, > isbn = {3-8266-1414-3}, > owner = {Christian Faulhammer}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk90.2:detig:deutsche, > author = {Christine Detig}, > title = {Deutsche {\TeX}-{B}{\"u}cher}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1990}, > volume = {2/90}, > pages = {38--40}, > month = aug, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#magazin#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk89.0:detig:digital, > author = {Christine Detig}, > title = {Digital {T}ypography -- {A}n {I}ntroduction to {T}ype and {C}omposition for {C}omputer {S}ystem {D}esign}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1989}, > volume = {0/89}, > pages = {29--30}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {1}, > annote = {#magazin#}, > keywords = {Typographie, Rezension}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk99.4:detig.schaa:kassenpruefung, > author = {Christine Detig and Volker RW Schaa}, > title = {Kassenpr{\"u}fung 1998}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1999}, > volume = {4/99}, > pages = {12--18}, > month = nov, > altnumber = {11}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk00.2:dietsche:bei, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {\dante{} bei der MNU}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2000}, > volume = {2/00}, > pages = {5--7}, > month = jul, > abstract = {In der Woche vor Ostern fand in > Stuttgart die Tagung MNU\,2000 des Vereins zur F{\"o}rderung des > mathematischen und naturwissenschaftlichen Unterrichts statt, bei der einige > Freiwillige mit einem Stand Werbung f{\"u}r {\TeX} und \dante{} machten. }, > altnumber = {12}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk96.4:dietsche:editorial, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {Editorial}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1997}, > volume = {4/96}, > pages = {3}, > month = feb, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {8}, > annote = {#editorial#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:dietsche:editorial, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {{E}ditorial}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1997}, > volume = {1/97}, > pages = {3}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#editorial#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.2:dietsche:drucken, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {Drucken wie zu {O}mas {Z}eiten}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1997}, > volume = {2/97}, > pages = {8}, > month = jul, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#fremdebuehne#}, > keywords = {Leipzig, Museum, Druckerei, Druckkunst, historisch}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.2:dietsche:editorial, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {Editorial}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1997}, > volume = {2/97}, > pages = {3}, > month = jul, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#editorial#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.2:dietsche:lesetypographie, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {Lesetypographie}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1997}, > volume = {2/97}, > pages = {44--45}, > month = jul, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#rezension#}, > keywords = {Rezension, weiterf{\"u}hrendes Handbuch, Typograhie allgemein}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:dietsche:cjk-paket, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {Das {CJK}-{P}aket -- {K}orrekturen}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1996}, > volume = {1/96}, > pages = {19}, > month = jun, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {8}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, > keywords = {Fehlerbericht, CJK-Paket, Fonts, Chinesisch, Japanisch, Koreanisch, MULE}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:dietsche:editorial, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {Editorial}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1996}, > volume = {1/96}, > pages = {3}, > month = jun, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {8}, > annote = {#editorial#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:dietsche:protokoll, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {Protokoll der 14.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1996}, > volume = {1/96}, > pages = {5--15}, > month = jun, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {8}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk96.2:dietsche:editorial, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {Editorial}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1996}, > volume = {2/96}, > pages = {3}, > month = aug, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {8}, > annote = {#editorial#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:dietsche:editorial, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {Editorial}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1996}, > volume = {3/96}, > pages = {3}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {8}, > annote = {#editorial#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:dietsche:protokoll, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {Protokoll der 15.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.V.}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1996}, > volume = {3/96}, > pages = {6--21}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {8}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:dietsche:editorial, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {Editorial}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1995}, > volume = {1/95}, > pages = {3}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {7}, > annote = {#editorial#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:dietsche:protokoll, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {Protokoll der 12.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1995}, > volume = {1/95}, > pages = {5--18}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {7}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:dietsche:tex, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {{\TeX}: starting from 1}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1995}, > volume = {1/95}, > pages = {43--44}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {7}, > annote = {#rezension#}, > keywords = {Rezension}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk95.2:dietsche:editorial, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {Editorial}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1995}, > volume = {2/95}, > pages = {3}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {7}, > annote = {#editorial#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk95.2:dietsche:fachwoerterbuch, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {Fachw{\"o}rterbuch {K}ommunikationsdesign}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1995}, > volume = {2/95}, > pages = {46--47}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {7}, > annote = {#rezension#}, > keywords = {Rezension, Kommunikationsdesign}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:dietsche:editorial, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {Editorial}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1995}, > volume = {3/95}, > pages = {3}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {7}, > annote = {#editorial#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:dietsche:protokoll, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {Protokoll der 13.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1995}, > volume = {3/95}, > pages = {6--20}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {7}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk95.4:dietsche:editorial, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {Editorial}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1995}, > volume = {4/95}, > pages = {3}, > month = mar, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {7}, > annote = {#editorial#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.1:dietsche:editorial, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {Editorial}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {1/94}, > pages = {3}, > month = jul, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#editorial#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.1:dietsche:protokoll, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {Protokoll der 10.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {1/94}, > pages = {6--22}, > month = jul, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.1:dietsche:seitenzahlen, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {Seitenzahlen}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {1/94}, > pages = {46--47}, > month = jul, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#schonimmer#}, > keywords = {Seitenzahlen, Markup, \verb|\thepage|}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.2:dietsche:editorial, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {Editorial}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {2/94}, > pages = {3}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#editorial#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:dietsche:editorial, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {Editorial}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {3/94}, > pages = {3}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#editorial#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:dietsche:protokoll, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {Protokoll der 11.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}. {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {3/94}, > pages = {6--17}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.4:dietsche:absatzformen, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {Absatzformen}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {4/94}, > pages = {28--30}, > month = feb, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#schonimmer#}, > keywords = {Absatzformat, \verb|\leftskip|, \verb|\rightskip|, \verb|\parfillskip|, Markup}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.4:dietsche:editorial, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {Editorial}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {4/94}, > pages = {3}, > month = feb, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#editorial#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.4:dietsche:rechtschreibreform, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {Rechtschreibreform}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {4/94}, > pages = {35--36}, > month = feb, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, > keywords = {Leserbrief, Humor, Satire}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:dietsche:aktive, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {Aktive {M}itglieder der letzten {J}ahre}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1993}, > volume = {1/93}, > pages = {23--25}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {5}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:dietsche:editorial, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {Editorial}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1993}, > volume = {1/93}, > pages = {3}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {5}, > annote = {#editorial#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:dietsche:fussnotenvariante, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {Fu{\ss}notenvariante}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1993}, > volume = {1/93}, > pages = {50--51}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {5}, > annote = {#schonimmer#}, > keywords = {Markup, Fu{\ss}noten}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:dietsche:protokoll, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {Protokoll der 8.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1993}, > volume = {1/93}, > pages = {5--23}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {5}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk93.2:dietsche:editorial, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {Editorial}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1993}, > volume = {2/93}, > pages = {3}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {5}, > annote = {#editorial#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk93.2:dietsche:kopfzeilen, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {Kopfzeilen mal anders}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1993}, > volume = {2/93}, > pages = {54--55}, > month = sep, > note = {Beispiele zur Abwandlung der Kopfzeilen.}, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {5}, > annote = {#schonimmer#}, > keywords = {Kopfzeilen, Markup}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk93.3:dietsche:editorial, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {Editorial}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1993}, > volume = {3/93}, > pages = {3}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {5}, > annote = {#editorial#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk93.3:dietsche:protokoll, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {Protokoll der 9.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1993}, > volume = {3/93}, > pages = {7--25}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {5}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk93.4:dietsche:editorial, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {Editorial}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1993}, > volume = {4/93}, > pages = {3}, > month = apr, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {5}, > annote = {#editorial#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk93.4:dietsche:hokuspokus, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {Hokuspokus}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1993}, > volume = {4/93}, > pages = {30--37}, > month = apr, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {5}, > annote = {#schonimmer#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk93.4:dietsche:verlorengegangene, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {Verlorengegangene {TUG}-{M}itglieder}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1993}, > volume = {4/93}, > pages = {6--7}, > month = apr, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {5}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:dietsche:anfaengerfragen, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {Anf{\"a}ngerfragen gesucht}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1992}, > volume = {1/92}, > pages = {49}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#schonimmer#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:dietsche:bezugsquellen, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {Bezugsquellen f{\"u}r {\TeX}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1992}, > volume = {1/92}, > pages = {51}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:dietsche:editorial, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {Editorial}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1992}, > volume = {1/92}, > pages = {3}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#editorial#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:dietsche:protokoll, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {Protokoll der 6.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1992}, > volume = {1/92}, > pages = {5--22}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk92.2:dietsche:editorial, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {Editorial}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1992}, > volume = {2/92}, > pages = {3}, > month = aug, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#editorial#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:dietsche:blocksatz, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {Blocksatz beim {A}bbildungs-/{T}abellentitel}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1992}, > volume = {3/92}, > pages = {37--38}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#schonimmer#}, > keywords = {Markup, Blocksatz, Abbildungen, Tabellen}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:dietsche:editorial, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {Editorial}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1992}, > volume = {3/92}, > pages = {3}, > month = nov, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#editorial#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:dietsche:protokoll, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {Protokoll der 7.~{M}itgliederversammlung {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1992}, > volume = {3/92}, > pages = {4--17}, > month = nov, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk92.4:dietsche:editorial, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {Editorial}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1992}, > volume = {4/92}, > pages = {3}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#editorial#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk92.4:dietsche:fette, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {Fette mathematische {A}kzente}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1992}, > volume = {4/92}, > pages = {35}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#schonimmer#}, > keywords = {Formelsatz, Mathematik}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk91.1:dietsche:protokoll, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {Protokoll der 4.~ordentlichen {M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachigen {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1991}, > volume = {1/91}, > pages = {4--11}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk91.2:dietsche:hat, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {\dots{} der hat was zu erz{\"a}hlen}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1991}, > volume = {2/91}, > pages = {33--34}, > month = aug, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk91.3:dietsche:editorial, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {Editorial}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1991}, > volume = {3/91}, > pages = {3}, > month = oct, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#editorial#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk91.3:dietsche:protokoll, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {Protokoll der 5.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1991}, > volume = {3/91}, > pages = {4--16}, > month = oct, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:dietsche:editorial, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {Editorial}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1991}, > volume = {4/91}, > pages = {3}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#editorial#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk90.1:dietsche:deutsche, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {Deutsche {K}urzfassungen: {TUG}boat-{A}rtikel {V}ol. 11, {N}o. 1}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1990}, > volume = {1/90}, > pages = {12--15}, > month = mar, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#fremdebuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk90.1:dietsche:protokoll, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {Protokoll der 2.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1990}, > volume = {1/90}, > pages = {4--11}, > month = mar, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk90.2:dietsche:deutsche, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {Deutsche {K}urzfassung {TUG}boat-{A}rtikel {V}ol.~11, {N}o.~2}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1990}, > volume = {2/90}, > pages = {11--15}, > month = aug, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#fremdebuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk90.2:dietsche:deutsche*1, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {Deutsche {K}urzfassung {TUG}boat-{A}rtikel {V}ol.~11, {N}o.~3}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1990}, > volume = {2/90}, > pages = {15--20}, > month = aug, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#fremdebuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk90.2:dietsche:gutenberg90, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {{GUT}enberg{'90} (15.5--17.5)}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1990}, > volume = {2/90}, > pages = {7--9}, > month = aug, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk90.2:dietsche:tug90, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {{TUG}90 (17.6--20.6)}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1990}, > volume = {2/90}, > pages = {9--10}, > month = aug, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk90.3:dietsche:protokoll, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {Protokoll der 3.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1990}, > volume = {3/90}, > pages = {4--7}, > month = nov, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk90.4:dietsche:deutsche, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {Deutsche {K}urzfassungen: {TUG}boat-{A}rtikel {V}ol.~11, {N}o.~5}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1990}, > volume = {4/90}, > pages = {9--13}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#fremdebuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk89.0:dietsche:deutsche, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {Deutsche {K}urzfassung von {A}rtikeln aus einem der n{\"a}chsten {TUGboats}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1989}, > volume = {0/89}, > pages = {21--24}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {1}, > annote = {#fremdebuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk89.0:dietsche:protokoll, > author = {Luzia Dietsche}, > title = {Protokoll der 1.~ordentlichen {M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1989}, > volume = {0/89}, > pages = {8--11}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {1}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@BOOK{bib:dilba, > title = {Typographie-Lexikon und Lesebuch für alle}, > publisher = {Selbstverlag}, > year = {2004}, > author = {Eberhard Dilba}, > address = {Düsseldorf}, > edition = {2}, > month = dec, > abstract = {Typographie-Lexikon mit über 800 > Hauptstichwörtern und vielen weiteren Begriffen sowie über 50 Abbildungen}, > comment = {Lexikon.pdf}, > owner = {Christian Faulhammer}, > url = {home.t-online.de/home/eberhard.dilba}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk92.4:dippel:latex-seitenlayout, > author = {Joachim Dippel}, > title = {Neues zum {\LaTeX}-{S}eitenlayout: {D}er {O}urhead {S}tyle}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1992}, > volume = {4/92}, > pages = {16--20}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Markup, Seitenlayout, \verb|ourhead.sty|}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:diskussionsgruppe-belichter:eigene, > author = {Diskussionsgruppe {\glqq}Belichter{\grqq}, DANTE e.V.}, > title = {Eine eigene {L}ichtsatzanlage f{\"u}r {DANTE} e.V.?}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1996}, > volume = {3/96}, > pages = {21--25}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {8}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:diverse:offener, > author = {Diverse}, > title = {{O}ffener {B}rief an das {P}r{\"a}sidium von {DANTE} e.{V}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {4/97}, > pages = {53--56}, > month = feb, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk03.1:doll:digitaler, > author = {Tim Doll}, > title = {Digitaler Textsatz, digitale Typographie. Ein {\"U}berblick}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2003}, > volume = {1/03}, > pages = {14--39}, > month = feb, > abstract = { Ziel dieses Artikels ist > es, einen {\"U}berblick {\"u}ber typographische Entwicklungen im > Arbeitsprozess der digitalen Textproduktion zu verschaffen. Nach einer knappen > historischen {\"U}bersicht werde ich kurz die Entwicklung von Satz- und > Druckverfahren im Zeitungswesen darstellen, dies insbesondere in Hinsicht > auf die Standardausgabeformate \PS{} und Portable Document Format > (PDF) von Adobe Systems. Weiterhin werden mit dem Satzsystem {\TeX}, > dem dazu geh{\"o}rigen Zeichensatzprogramm \MF\ und dem sogenannten > \emph{Desktop Publishing} (\textsc{dtp}) wichtige Entwicklungen im > typographischen Bereich dargestellt. Die Diskussion erfolgt vor allem > mit Blick auf die Frage, inwiefern sich \textsc{dtp}-Autoren und > Mainstream-\textsc{dtp}-Software als "`gute Typographen"' eignen. Als Schlussfolgerung ergibt > sich, dass weder professionelle Methoden noch \textsc{dtp} zu einem > befriedigenden Ergebnis f{\"u}hren, wenn vorausgesetzt wird, dass zu > Gunsten des effizienten digitalen Arbeitsprozesses das menschliche > Beurteilungsverm{\"o}gen typographischer Kriterien vernachl{\"a}ssigt werden kann. }, > altnumber = {15}, > altvolume = {1}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk90.3:donath:dokumentation, > author = {Dirk Donath}, > title = {Dokumentation von {HPTOMF}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1990}, > volume = {3/90}, > pages = {19--22}, > month = nov, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {HPTOMF}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:eckermann:ruecktritt, > author = {Matthias Eckermann}, > title = {R{\"u}cktritt}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {4/97}, > pages = {68--69}, > month = feb, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:eckermann:texnische, > author = {Matthias Eckermann}, > title = {{\TeX}nische {Q}ualen}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {4/97}, > pages = {40--42}, > month = feb, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.4:eckermann:paralleles, > author = {Matthias Eckermann}, > title = {Paralleles {S}etzen l{\"a}ngerer {T}exte}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {4/94}, > pages = {23--27}, > month = feb, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {paralleles Setzen, zweisprachiges Setzen}, >} > >@BOOK{bib:tbt, > title = {{\TeX} by Topic}, > publisher = {Addison Wesley}, > year = {2001}, > author = {Victor Eijkhout}, > month = dec, > isbn = {0-201-56882-9}, > abstract = {To the casual observer, TEX is not a state-of-the-art typesetting system. No flashy > multilevel menus and interactive manipulation of text and graphics dazzle > the onlooker. On a less superficial level, however, TEX is a very > sophisticated program, first of all because of the ingeniousness of its > built-in algorithms for such things as paragraph breaking and make-up of > mathematical formulas, and second because of its almost complete > programmability. The combination of these factors makes it possible for > TEX to realize almost every imaginable layout in a highly automated > fashion. Unfortunately, it also means that TEX has an unusually large > number of commands and parameters, and that programming TEX can be > far from easy. Anyone wanting to program in TEX, and maybe even the > ordinary user, would seem to need two books: a tutorial that gives a > first glimpse of the many nuts and bolts of TEX, and after that a > systematic, complete reference manual. This book tries to fulfil the > latter function. A TEXer who has already made a start (using any of a > number of introductory books on the market) should be able to use this > book indefinitely thereafter. In this volume the universe of TEX is > presented as about forty different subjects, each in a separate chapter. > Each chapter starts out with a list of control sequences relevant to > the topic of that chapter and proceeds to treat the theory of the > topic. Most chapters conclude with remarks and examples. Globally, the > chapters are ordered as follows. The chapters on basic mechanisms > are first, the chapters on text treatment and mathematics are next, > and finally there are some chapters on output and aspects of TEX?s > connections to the outside world. The book also contains a glossary of TEX > commands, tables, and indexes by example, by control sequence, and > by subject. The subject index refers for most concepts to only one > page, where most of the information on that topic can be found, as > well as references to the locations of related information. This > book does not treat any specific TEX macro package. Any parts of > the plain format that are treated are those parts that belong to > the ?core? of plain TEX: they are also present in, for instance, > LATEX. Therefore, most remarks about the plain format are true for > LATEX, as well as most other formats. Putting it differently, if the > text refers to the plain format, this should be taken as a contrast > to pure IniTEX, not to LATEX. By way of illustration, occasionally > macros from plain TEX are explained that do not belong to the core.}, > comment = {PDF-Version}, > owner = {Christian Faulhammer}, >} > >@MISC{package:comment, > author = {Eijkhout, Victor}, > title = {Selectivly in/exclude pieces of text, version 3.6}, > year = {1999}, > note = {\url{CTAN://macros/latex/contrib/comment/}}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:engelke:dante93, > author = {Stephan Engelke}, > title = {{DANTE}'93 in {C}hemnitz}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1993}, > volume = {1/93}, > pages = {27--31}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {5}, > annote = {#theatertage#}, > keywords = {Tagungsbericht}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:erlmeier:bericht, > author = {Markus Erlmeier}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {A}miga}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {4/97}, > pages = {24}, > month = feb, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, > keywords = {Amiga}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:erlmeier:bericht, > author = {Markus Erlmeier}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {A}miga}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1997}, > volume = {1/97}, > pages = {55}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {Amiga}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:erlmeier:bericht, > author = {Markus Erlmeier}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {A}miga}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1996}, > volume = {1/96}, > pages = {43--44}, > month = jun, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {8}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {Amiga}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:erlmeier:bericht, > author = {Markus Erlmeier}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {A}miga}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1996}, > volume = {3/96}, > pages = {57--58}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {8}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {Amiga}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:erlmeier:bericht, > author = {Markus Erlmeier}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {A}miga}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1995}, > volume = {1/95}, > pages = {32}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {7}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {Amiga}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:erlmeier:bericht, > author = {Markus Erlmeier}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {A}miga}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1995}, > volume = {3/95}, > pages = {34--37}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {7}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:erlmeier:bericht, > author = {Markus Erlmeier}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {A}miga}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {3/94}, > pages = {31--33}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {Amiga}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:erlmeier:mailbox, > author = {Markus Erlmeier}, > title = {Mailbox f{\"u}r {A}miga-{\TeX}-{S}oftware}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1993}, > volume = {1/93}, > pages = {53--56}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {5}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {Amiga, Mailbox}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk93.3:erlmeier:amiga-news, > author = {Markus Erlmeier}, > title = {Amiga-{N}ews}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1993}, > volume = {3/93}, > pages = {53--54}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {5}, > annote = {#schonimmer#}, > keywords = {Amiga, Pas\TeX, Amiga\TeX}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk93.4:erlmeier:rund, > author = {Markus Erlmeier}, > title = {Rund um den {A}miga}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1993}, > volume = {4/93}, > pages = {40--43}, > month = apr, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {5}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {Amiga, Pas\TeX, Amiga\TeX}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:erlmeier:software-verteilung, > author = {Markus Erlmeier}, > title = {Software-{V}erteilung {A}miga}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1992}, > volume = {1/92}, > pages = {26--28}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, > keywords = {Amiga}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk92.4:erlmeier:pastex, > author = {Markus Erlmeier}, > title = {Pas{\TeX} in {V}orbereitung}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1992}, > volume = {4/92}, > pages = {36}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {Pas\TeX, Amiga}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk92.4:erlmeier:texnische, > author = {Markus Erlmeier}, > title = {{\TeX}nische {S}oftware auf dem {A}miga}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1992}, > volume = {4/92}, > pages = {6--8}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, > keywords = {Amiga}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:erlmeier:amiga, > author = {Markus Erlmeier}, > title = {Der {A}miga und {\TeX}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1991}, > volume = {4/91}, > pages = {26--28}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Amiga}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:esken:kurzer, > author = {Thomas Esken}, > title = {Kurzer {N}achtrag zur {\TeX}-{B}enutzungsoberfl{\"a}che \textsf{Tx1}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1992}, > volume = {3/92}, > pages = {33--34}, > month = nov, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Oberfl{\"a}che}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk91.1:esken:bedieneroberflaeche, > author = {Thomas Esken}, > title = {Eine {B}edieneroberfl{\"a}che f{\"u}r das {em\TeX}-{S}ystem}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1991}, > volume = {1/91}, > pages = {17--20}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Oberfl{\"a}che, em\TeX}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk03.2:etter.kaercher.ea:latex, > author = {Martin Etter and Daniel K{\"a}rcher and Jan Theofel}, > title = {{\LaTeX} trifft Seemann -- Tagungsbericht DANTE 2003 in Bremen}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2003}, > volume = {2/03}, > pages = {21--26}, > month = may, > altnumber = {15}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk04.1:faulhammer:fehler, > author = {Christian Faulhammer}, > title = {Fehler schneller finden: Das Minimalbeispiel}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2004}, > volume = {1/04}, > pages = {39--46}, > month = may, > abstract = {Fehler zu finden kann vor allem bei umfangreichen > Dokumenten recht schwierig sein. Manchmal kommt eine Fehlermeldung und an > der angegebenen Stelle im Quelltext ist nichts falsch, also muss > der Fehler woanders liegen. Um solche Problemfälle schnell lösen zu > können, hat sich in de.comp.text.tex das Minimalbeispiel bewährt. Das > Minimalbeispiel ist klein, sofort ausführbar und übersichtlich, ideal > für eine gezielte Fehlersuche. Das Prinzip ist nicht schwer, man > braucht nur ein wenig gesunden Menschenverstand und Zeit; von letzterer > bräuchten wir aber mehr, wenn wir den Fehler durch Raten zu finden > versuchten. Exemplarisch soll das hier einmal an Hand von \LaTeX > vorgestellt werden, jedes andere \TeX-Format ist aber genauso denkbar.}, > altnumber = {16}, > altvolumne = {1}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > owner = {Christian Faulhammer}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk03.1:faulhammer:huellen, > author = {Christian Faulhammer}, > title = {H{\"u}llen (nicht nur) f{\"u}r Musik-CDs}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2003}, > volume = {1/03}, > pages = {9--14}, > month = feb, > abstract = {Mit Hilfe der Dokumentenklasse \Package{cd-cover} kann man sehr einfach > Einleger f{\"u}r die verschiedensten CD-H{\"u}llen-Typen anlegen. Die > M{\"o}glichkeiten sind dabei vielf{\"a}ltig, so dass f{\"u}r jede Bauart etwas > dabei ist, egal ob Single, Standard-H{\"u}lle oder gar Papiertasche.}, > altnumber = {15}, > altvolume = {1}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk04.3:faulhammer.kastrup:thorsten, > author = {Christian Faulhammer and David Kastrup}, > title = {Thorsten Zilm: {\LaTeX} -- Das Einsteigerseminar}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2004}, > volume = {3/04}, > pages = {51--57}, > month = nov, > abstract = {Im November 2003 gab es in der vereinsinternen > Mailingliste~\cite{bib:danteev} eine hitzige Diskussion über die Einstiegshürde, die > \LaTeX{} auch heute noch hat. Einige Teilnehmer waren der Meinung, > dass es schon ein Problem für sie als "`alte Hasen"' sei, geeignete > Literatur für Neueinsteiger zu benennen. Früher existierten quasi > nur die Bücher von Helmut Kopka, die bis jetzt vielen spontan als > Empfehlung für einen Anfänger über die Lippen kommen. Leider hat > diese Buchreihe im Laufe der Jahre nicht mit der Entwicklung von > \LaTeX{} mithalten können, so dass viele Teile veraltet sind. Dazu > kommt noch der von vielen als schlecht empfundene didaktische Aufbau, > diese Bücher sind damit eigentlich heute nicht mehr zu empfehlen. > Dieses Problem will eine kleine Gruppe von Mitgliedern versuchen zu > beseitigen. Die letzten Monate haben wir damit verbracht, mit Hilfe > von \dante{} (vielen Dank an Frau Dornacher und Günter Partosch), > Bücher der letzten zwei Jahre zu besorgen und auch zu lesen. Neben den > Autoren sind folgende Personen an der Arbeit beteiligt: Christoph > Bier, Blandyna Bogdol, Jürgen Fenn und Andreas Hirsch (vielen Dank > an~\cite{bib:gap} für die Mailingliste). Dieser Artikel soll also die > Eröffnung einer ganzen Reihe werden. Bei Fragen und Kommentaren wenden > Sie sich einfach an uns. Eine Übersicht zu verfügbarer Literatur > bietet~\cite{bib:partosch}, leider nicht mehr ganz aktuell, aber > dennoch hilfreich. Jetzt zum eigentlichen Thema dieses Artikels.}, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {16}, > annote = {#rezension#}, > owner = {Christian Faulhammer}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk01.2:feuerstack:einfuehrung, > author = {Thomas Feuerstack}, > title = {Einf\"uhrung in pdf{\TeX}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2001}, > volume = {2/01}, > pages = {41--54}, > month = jul, > abstract = { Der Artikel richtet sich an Interessierte und > Neueinsteiger, die mit Hilfe von pdf{\TeX}\ m\"oglichst schnell PDF-Dokumente > erstellen wollen, ohne sich vorab intensiv mit Hintergrundwissen > auseinandersetzen zu m\"ussen. Dar\"uberhinaus sollen beim Erzeugen von > PDF-Dokumenten h\"aufig auftretende Probleme er\"ortert sowie L\"osungswege > aufgezeigt werden -- nat\"urlich ohne Anspruch auf Vollst\"andigkeit. }, > altnumber = {13}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:feuerstack:zauber, > author = {Thomas Feuerstack}, > title = {Der {Z}auber eines {L}{\"a}chelns}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1995}, > volume = {1/95}, > pages = {20--25}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {7}, > annote = {#theatertage#}, > keywords = {Tagungsbericht}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk99.2:fischer:serienbriefe, > author = {Ulrike Fischer}, > title = {Serienbriefe}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1999}, > volume = {2/99}, > pages = {38--44}, > month = may, > abstract = {Serienbriefe erm{\"o}glichen > eine pers{\"o}nliche Ansprache des Empf{\"a}ngers -- besonders dann, > wenn nicht nur das Adre{\ss}feld individuellen Text enth{\"a}lt. > Die in diesem Artikel vorgestellten Beispiele kn{\"u}pfen an eine > bereits in "`\DTK"' vorgestellte Methode des Datenbank-Imports an. }, > altnumber = {11}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk98.4:fischer:schnittstelle, > author = {Ulrike Fischer}, > title = {Eine {S}chnittstelle zwischen {D}atenbanken und {\LaTeX}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {4/98}, > pages = {28--33}, > month = dec, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk98.1:fismer:tex, > author = {Gregor Fismer}, > title = {{\TeX} f{\"u}r alle}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {1/98}, > pages = {58--59}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {10}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, > keywords = {Leserbrief}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:friesland-koepke:bericht, > author = {Gerhard Friesland-K{\"o}pke}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {VAX/VMS}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {3/94}, > pages = {38--39}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {VAX, VMS}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk01.2:geisse:handbook, > author = {Armin Geisse}, > title = {"`Handbook of Typography for the Mathematical Sciences"' von Steven G. Krantz}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2001}, > volume = {2/01}, > pages = {67--70}, > month = jul, > abstract = { Mit seinem neuesten Buch > m{\"o}chte Steven G. Krantz Hilfestellung f{\"u}r Autoren in spe > geben, die sich mit dem Gedanken tragen, ein mathematisches Werk zu > ver{\"o}ffentlichen. In insgesamt sieben Kapiteln gibt Krantz eine > Einf{\"u}hrung in {\LaTeXTeX}, er erl{\"a}utert den Produktionsprozess > eines Buches und streift die Grundlagen der Ver{\"o}ffentlichung im > WWW. Trotz des aktuellen Erscheinungsdatums beschreibt das Buch in > gro{\ss}en Teilen den Software-Stand vor 4--5~Jahren und wurde nur sehr > unvollst{\"a}ndig aktualisiert. Es leidet unter vielen Wiederholungen und einer > schlecht strukturierten Aneinanderreihung der einzelnen Kapitel. }, > altnumber = {13}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#rezension#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk99.1:geisse:anpassungen, > author = {Armin Geisse}, > title = {Anpassungen von {DviWin~2.9} an {Web2c} f{\"u}r {WIN32}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1999}, > volume = {1/99}, > pages = {30--33}, > month = feb, > abstract = {Dieser Artikel beschreibt eine > m{\"o}gliche Anpassung von DviWin~2.9 an die Web2c-Implementierung > f{\"u}r WIN32. Die Schwerpunkte liegen dabei auf der Nutzung mehrerer > Druckerauf"|l{\"o}sungen sowie auf der Beschr{\"a}nkung der Font-Verzeichnisse.}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.3:gercke:texword, > author = {Martin Gercke}, > title = {{\TeX}{W}ord f{\"u}r {W}indows}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1997}, > volume = {3/97}, > pages = {13--15}, > month = oct, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk93.3:getreu:anregungen, > author = {Jens Getreu}, > title = {Anregungen zu {NTS}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1993}, > volume = {3/93}, > pages = {57--58}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {5}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, > keywords = {Leserbrief, NTS, \TeX-Entwicklung}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk93.3:gewehr:vorsicht, > author = {Harald Gewehr}, > title = {Vorsicht {D}atenverlust!}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1993}, > volume = {3/93}, > pages = {46--47}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {5}, > annote = {#schonimmer#}, > keywords = {Datenverlust, \verb|\include|}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.3:gierhardt:leserbrief, > author = {Horst Gierhardt}, > title = {{Z}um {L}eserbrief von {H}erbert {F}.~{D}ecker, {H}eft 2/97}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1997}, > volume = {3/97}, > pages = {42--44}, > month = oct, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk98.4:gloeckner:jahr, > author = {J{\"u}rgen Gl{\"o}ckner}, > title = {Ein {J}ahr ist vergangen}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {4/98}, > pages = {47--48}, > month = dec, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:gloeckner:bericht, > author = {J{\"u}rgen Gl{\"o}ckner}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {P}ost{S}cript}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1997}, > volume = {1/97}, > pages = {61--62}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {PostScript}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:gloeckner:bericht, > author = {J{\"u}rgen Gl{\"o}ckner}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {P}ostScript}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {3/94}, > pages = {40--41}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {PostScript}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk92.4:gloeckner:erzeugung, > author = {J{\"u}rgen Gl{\"o}ckner}, > title = {Erzeugung virtueller {F}onts}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1992}, > volume = {4/92}, > pages = {9--16}, > month = dec, > abstract = {Es werden Grundlagen f{\"u}r die Herstellung virtueller > Fonts vorgestellt. {A}nhand dreier Beispiele wird das Vorgehen bei > der Definition virtueller Fonts erl{\"a}utert: \begin{enumerate} > \item Ziffern in einem Font aus einem anderen Font nehmen; \item > PostScript-{\verb+\special+} f{\"u}r das Rastern von Zeichen; \item Anpassungen der > Zeichenbelegung eines Fonts an einen anderen, dargestellt f{\"u}r die > DVIPS-Treiber von Arbort-{\TeX} von Tomas Rokicki. \end{enumerate}}, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Fonts, virtuelle Fonts, Schriften, Metafont, DVIPS, }, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk00.1:gloeckner.huesing:pruefung, > author = {J{\"u}rgen Gl{\"o}ckner and Johannes H{\"u}sing}, > title = {Pr{\"u}fung der Kasse f{\"u}r das Jahr 1999}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2000}, > volume = {1/00}, > pages = {17--24}, > month = may, > altnumber = {12}, > altvolume = {1}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:gloetzel:database-publishing, > author = {Dieter Gl{\"o}tzel}, > title = {Database-{P}ublishing mit {O}beron und {\LaTeX}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1997}, > volume = {1/97}, > pages = {46--54}, > month = may, > abstract = {Im Rahmen eines Kundenprojektes > wurde mit Hilfe von \LaTeX{} ein Nachschlagewerk aus einer Datenbank > erzeugt. Das Programm zur Generierung des \LaTeX{}-Codes wurde als > Prototyp auf einem PC in \emph{Oberon}, der neuen Programmiersprache von > Nikolaus Wirth, entwickelt. Au{\ss}er einer Beschreibung der Auf{\/}gabe > wird ein kurzer {\"U}berblick {\"u}ber Sprache und Betriebssystem > \emph{Oberon}, {\"u}ber die Z{\"u}richer Implementierung sowie {\"u}ber > Bezugsquellen im Internet gegeben. Der Artikel schlie{\ss}t mit einem > Pl{\"a}doyer f{\"u}r den kommerziellen Einsatz von Freeware-Tools.}, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {Oberon, objektorientierte Programmiersprache, Postleitzahlenbuch}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk01.2:gohdes:latexund, > author = {Michael Gohdes}, > title = {{\LaTeX}\ und Chemie -- ein sch{\"o}nes Paar?}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2001}, > volume = {2/01}, > pages = {7--19}, > month = jul, > abstract = { Dieser Artikel beschreibt > M{\"o}glichkeiten, Texte chemischen Inhalts mit {\LaTeX}\ zu setzen. Es wird > besonders auf die Frage eingegangen, wie chemische Gleichungen und > Strukturformeln in den Text eingebettet werden k{\"o}nnen. Sowohl verschiedene > {\LaTeX}-Pakete als auch ein externes Programm werden vorgestellt. }, > altnumber = {13}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@BOOK{bib:lweb, > title = {Mit {\LaTeX} ins Web}, > publisher = {Addison-Wesley}, > year = {2000}, > author = {Michel Goossens and Sebastian Rahtz and Eitan M. Gurari and Ross Moore and Robert Sutor}, > address = {München}, > edition = {2}, > month = may, > isbn = {3-8273-1629-4}, > owner = {Christian Faulhammer}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk99.1:greschner:addendum, > author = {Dr. Georg S. Greschner}, > title = {Addendum}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1999}, > volume = {1/99}, > pages = {43}, > month = feb, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk98.3:greschner:wege, > author = {Georg S. Greschner}, > title = {Wege des {\TeX}nischen {F}ortschritts}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {3/98}, > pages = {19--30}, > month = oct, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {10}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {WYSIWYG, Windows, OLE, WinWord}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk03.4:grothe.schaa:einladung, > author = {Holger Grothe and Volker RW Schaa}, > title = {Einladung zur {\TeX}-Tagung DANTE\,2004 in Darmstadt~-- 15~Jahre \dante}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2003}, > volume = {4/03}, > pages = {30--31}, > month = nov, > altnumber = {15}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk00.2:grotherr:serienbriefe, > author = {Joachim Grotherr}, > title = {Serienbriefe mit {\LaTeX} -- Ein Erfahrungsbericht}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2000}, > volume = {2/00}, > pages = {14--16}, > month = jul, > abstract = {Serienbriefe in gr{\"o}{\ss}eren Auf\/lagen bis zu 10\,000~St{\"u}ck > bringen g{\"a}ngige Office-Pakete schnell an ihre Leistungsgrenze. Der > Einsatz von {\LaTeX} f{\"u}hrt zu einer erheblichen Steigerung der > Druckgeschwindigkeit und er{\"o}ffnet weitere professionelle M{\"o}glichkeiten. }, > altnumber = {12}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk00.2:ntg-texfuture-working-group:tex, > author = {{NTG {\TeX}\ future working group}}, > title = {{\TeX} im Jahr 2003: Vorschl{\"a}ge und Thesen zur Zukunft von {\TeX}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2000}, > volume = {2/00}, > pages = {41--57}, > month = jul, > altnumber = {12}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk00.1:guntermann:powerpoint, > author = {Klaus Guntermann}, > title = {PowerPoint ade?}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2000}, > volume = {1/00}, > pages = {44--51}, > month = may, > abstract = {F\"ur die Erstellung von Pr\"asentationen muss man nicht immer > PowerPoint einsetzen. Im Gegenteil: wird ordentlicher Formelsatz in einer > Pr\"asentation ben\"otigt, kann man PowerPoint in der Regel gerade > \emph{nicht} verwenden. Die hier vorgestellte Alternative, die auf > pdf\LaTeX{}, einem Postprozessor und dem Acrobat-Reader basiert, > erlaubt das schrittweise Aufbl\"attern von Pr\"asentationsseiten. Der > Postprozessor ist in Java implementiert und damit unabh\"angig von > einer bestimmten Hardware- oder Betriebssystemplattform nutzbar. }, > altnumber = {12}, > altvolume = {1}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:gaertner:bericht, > author = {Ralf G{\"a}rtner}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {VMS}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {4/97}, > pages = {27--28}, > month = feb, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, > keywords = {OpenVMS}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:gaertner:bericht, > author = {Ralf G{\"a}rtner}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {O}pen{VMS}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1997}, > volume = {1/97}, > pages = {62--63}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {OpenVMS}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk93.3:goetz:asc2tex, > author = {Thomas K. G{\"o}tz}, > title = {{ASC}2{\TeX}: ein {K}onverter f{\"u}r {B}lockgrafik}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1993}, > volume = {3/93}, > pages = {32--34}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {5}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Blockgrafik, ASC2\TeX}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:guelicher:autoaufkleber, > author = {Christoph G{\"u}licher}, > title = {Autoaufkleber}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1992}, > volume = {3/92}, > pages = {34--35}, > month = nov, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Autoaufkleber}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.2:guenther:verwaltungskueche, > author = {J{\"u}rgen G{\"u}nther}, > title = {Aus der {V}erwaltungsk{\"u}che}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {2/94}, > pages = {5--7}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:hafner:protokoll, > author = {Thomas Hafner}, > title = {Protokoll der Sitzung AK Weiterentwicklung}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {4/97}, > pages = {15--16}, > month = feb, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk01.1:hagen:status, > author = {Hans Hagen}, > title = {The Status Quo of The NTS Project}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2001}, > volume = {1/01}, > pages = {36--53}, > month = apr, > altnumber = {13}, > altvolume = {1}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk99.3:hagen:project, > author = {Hans Hagen}, > title = {The \NTS{} project (p)reviewed}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1999}, > volume = {3/99}, > pages = {6--13}, > month = aug, > altnumber = {11}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk00.4:herrmann:latex, > author = {Karin Halupczok and Immanuel Herrmann}, > title = {{\LaTeX} -- Das Lied}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2000}, > volume = {4/00}, > pages = {52}, > month = nov, > altnumber = {12}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk95.2:hanneder:tex, > author = {J{\"u}rgen Hanneder}, > title = {{\TeX} unter {OS/2} f{\"u}r akademische {M}inderheiten}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1995}, > volume = {2/95}, > pages = {38--41}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {7}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {OS/2, em\TeX, Auc\TeX, Editor, Emacs}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.1:hansen:mut, > author = {Oliver Hansen}, > title = {Mut zur {T}ypographie}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {1/94}, > pages = {52--53}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#rezension#}, > keywords = {Rezension, DTP, Typographie}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk03.4:harders:mehrsprachige, > author = {Harald Harders}, > title = {Mehrsprachige Literaturverzeichnisse: Anwendung und Erweiterung des Pakets babelbib}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2003}, > volume = {4/03}, > pages = {39--63}, > month = nov, > abstract = { Das Paket \texttt{babelbib} bietet zwei Erweiterungen gegen{\"u}ber den meisten > verf{\"u}gbaren \BibTeX"=Stilen: Zum einen ist es m{\"o}glich, die > Schl{\"u}sselw{\"o}rter in Literaturverzeichnissen flexibel an die Sprache des > Dokuments oder des Literaturverweises anzupassen (also beispielsweise > "`Auf"|lage"' statt "`{\selectlanguage{english}edition}"'). Die Sprache der > Schl{\"u}sselw{\"o}rter kann dabei f{\"u}r das gesamte Literaturverzeichnis einheitlich > eingestellt werden, oder sie kann stets derjenigen des jeweiligen Verweises > entsprechen. Zum anderen k{\"o}nnen einige Elemente der Typographie im > Literaturverzeichnis von der {\LaTeX}"=Datei aus ver{\"a}ndert werden, ohne > gleich den \BibTeX"=Stil {\"a}ndern zu m{\"u}ssen. Beispielsweise > kann die f{\"u}r Titel verwendete Schriftart oder "~auszeichnung > mit einem {\LaTeX}"=Befehl variiert werden. Dieser Artikel zeigt > zun{\"a}chst die Anwendung des \pkgname{babelbib}"=Pakets. Anschlie{\ss}end > wird darauf eingegangen, wie die Unterst{\"u}tzung neuer Sprachen > hinzugef{\"u}gt werden kann und wie weitere \BibTeX"=Stildateien zur > Verwendung mit \pkgname{babelbib} modifiziert werden k{\"o}nnen. }, > altnumber = {15}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk93.4:hassel:schachfigurensatz, > author = {Frank Hassel}, > title = {Schachfigurensatz mit {\TeX} und {\LaTeX}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1993}, > volume = {4/93}, > pages = {11--25}, > month = apr, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {5}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Schachfiguren, \verb|chess.sty|, \verb|BdFchess.sty|}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk03.4:heinisch:tex2word, > author = {Carsten Heinisch}, > title = {TeX2Word und Word2TeX}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2003}, > volume = {4/03}, > pages = {66--68}, > month = nov, > altnumber = {15}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#rezension#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk02.3:herrmann:poster, > author = {Rudolf Herrmann}, > title = {Poster im Format DIN A0 mit {\texttt{a0poster}} und {\texttt{textpos}}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2002}, > volume = {3/02}, > pages = {7--19}, > month = oct, > abstract = { Die Entstehung eines Posters im Format DIN~A0 zur Pr{\"a}sentation > auf einer wissenschaftlichen Tagung wird verfolgt. Es werden die > {\LaTeX}-Bordmittel sowie die Pakete \texttt{a0poster} und \texttt{textpos} > eingesetzt. Alternative Vorgehensweisen werden kurz diskutiert. }, > altnumber = {14}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:hesse:erfinder, > author = {Norbert Hesse}, > title = {Erfinder von {\TeX}, {\LaTeX} und {\MF} geben zu: {A}lles {B}etrug!!!}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1995}, > volume = {3/95}, > pages = {50--51}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {7}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {Humor, Satire}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk93.3:hesse:tex, > author = {Norbert Hesse}, > title = {Das {\TeX} \textsc{RunTime System} f{\"u}r {SCO} {U}nix}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1993}, > volume = {3/93}, > pages = {48--52}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {5}, > annote = {#schonimmer#}, > keywords = {Unix, SCO Unix}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk98.2:heyl:morse, > author = {Udo Heyl}, > title = {Morse -- {Z}eichensatz der telegraphischen {S}ignale}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {2/98}, > pages = {38--42}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {10}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Morsezeichen, Fonts, Telegraphie}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.3:hirsch:leserbrief, > author = {Andreas Hirsch}, > title = {{Z}um {L}eserbrief von {H}erbert {F}.~{D}ecker, {H}eft 2/97}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1997}, > volume = {3/97}, > pages = {41}, > month = oct, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk98.1:hirsch.volker-eiseler:installation, > author = {Andreas Hirsch and Dominicus Heinzeller und Volker Eiseler}, > title = {Installation eines {\TeX}-{G}esamtsystems aus {MiK\TeX}, {G}host{V}iew und {W}in{E}dt}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {1/98}, > pages = {40--50}, > month = may, > abstract = {W{\"a}hrend den Nutzern > von Linux nach der Installation des Betriebssystems auch gleich ein > vollst{\"a}ndiges (und vor allem lauff{\"a}higes) {\TeX}-Gesamtsystem zur > Verf{\"u}gung steht, m{\"u}ssen diejenigen, welche {\TeX} auf einem PC unter > Windows 95 einsetzen wollen, zuerst noch kr{\"a}ftig Hand anlegen. Der > Klassiker unter den {\TeX}-Implementationen f{\"u}r PCs unter DOS ist > {em\TeX}; mit zunehmender Verbreitung von Windows 95 (und damit dem > oberfl{\"a}chlichen Abschied von DOS) ist die Arbeit damit nicht mehr optimal.}, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {10}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Windows, Installation, MiK\TeX, GhostView, WinEdt}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.1:hirsch:dezimalkomma, > author = {Richard Hirsch}, > title = {Dezimalkomma beim {\TeX}satz in deutsch}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {1/94}, > pages = {42--45}, > month = jul, > abstract = {Wenn man in Dezimalbr{\"u}chen einfach ein Komma als Dezimaltrennzeichen > verwendet, erh{\"a}lt man unsch{\"o}ne Abst{\"a}nde im Ausdruck. > Hier wird eine Definition f{\"u}r das Komma im mathematischen modus > vorgestellt, die von selbst erkennt, ob es sich um ein Satzzeichen oder ein > Dezimalkomma handelt, und entsprechende Abst{\"a}nde einf{\"u}gt.}, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Dezimalkomma, Formelsatz, Komma in Zahlen, Mathematik}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk03.3:hoffmann-axthelm:zu, > author = {Moriz Hoffmann-Axthelm}, > title = {Zu Torsten Brongers Artikel "`Einfaches Setzen von Texten in Fraktur mittels \texttt{blacklettert1}"'}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2003}, > volume = {3/03}, > pages = {64--66}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {15}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, >} > >@BOOK{bib:hoischen, > title = {Technisches Zeichnen}, > publisher = {Cornelsen}, > year = {2000}, > author = {Hans Hoischen}, > address = {Berlin}, > edition = {28}, > month = apr, > isbn = {3-464-480089}, > owner = {Christian Faulhammer}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.1:hosek:writers, > author = {Don Hosek}, > title = {Writers on type and typography needed}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {1/94}, > pages = {28}, > month = jul, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#fremdebuehne#}, > keywords = {Typographie}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk93.4:hrebabetzky:farbiger, > author = {Frank Hrebabetzky}, > title = {Farbiger {D}ruck}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1993}, > volume = {4/93}, > pages = {49}, > month = apr, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {5}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, > keywords = {Leserbrief}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:hundt:vers, > author = {Ekkehardt Hundt}, > title = {Der {V}ers 3:16 -- {E}in {I}nformatiker treibt fr{\"o}hliche {T}heologie}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1993}, > volume = {1/93}, > pages = {58--59}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {5}, > annote = {#rezension#}, > keywords = {Rezension, Knuth, Bibel, Theologie}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:hundt:wettbewerb, > author = {Ekkehardt Hundt}, > title = {Wettbewerb}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1993}, > volume = {1/93}, > pages = {56}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {5}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {Metafont, Addison-Wesley, Logo}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:hundt:nachdrucke, > author = {Ekkehardt Hundt}, > title = {Nachdrucke der {K}nuth-{B}{\"a}nde}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1992}, > volume = {3/92}, > pages = {39--40}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {Knuth}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk01.1:hoeppner:foerderung, > author = {Dr. Klaus H{\"o}ppner}, > title = {F{\"o}rderung von {\TeX}-Projekten}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2001}, > volume = {1/01}, > pages = {26--27}, > month = apr, > altnumber = {13}, > altvolume = {1}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk02.4:hoeppner:grusswort, > author = {Klaus H{\"o}ppner}, > title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2002}, > volume = {4/02}, > pages = {4--5}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {14}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk01.4:hoeppner:tagung, > author = {Klaus H{\"o}ppner}, > title = {Eine Tagung zwischen den L{\"a}ndern -- Euro{\TeX}\,2001 in Kerkrade}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2001}, > volume = {4/01}, > month = nov, > altnumber = {13}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk99.3:hoeppner:erratum, > author = {Klaus H{\"o}ppner}, > title = {Erratum f{\"u}r die CTAN-CD-ROM von \dante}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1999}, > volume = {3/99}, > pages = {57--58}, > month = aug, > altnumber = {11}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:hoeppner:latex-vademecum, > author = {Klaus H{\"o}ppner}, > title = {{\LaTeX}-{V}ademecum -- {E}in {K}ompaktf{\"u}hrer f{\"u}r {E}insteiger und {F}ortgeschrittene}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1996}, > volume = {1/96}, > pages = {60--61}, > month = jun, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {8}, > annote = {#rezension#}, > keywords = {Rezension}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk95.4:huelse:4alltex, > author = {Rainer H{\"u}lse}, > title = {4all{\TeX} -- eine {R}eady-to-{R}un-{CD} auf dem {P}r{\"u}fstand}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1995}, > volume = {4/95}, > pages = {48--51}, > month = mar, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {7}, > annote = {#rezension#}, > keywords = {Rezension, CD-ROM}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk90.1:huelse.kaspar:expdlist, > author = {Rainer H{\"u}lse and Wolfgang Kaspar}, > title = {\texttt{EXPDLIST} -- eine {E}rweiterung der \texttt{description}-{U}mgebung}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1990}, > volume = {1/90}, > pages = {34--36}, > month = mar, > abstract = {Die erweiterte \texttt{description}-Umgebung soll die {\LaTeX}-\texttt{description}-Umgebung > nicht ersetzen, sondern bietet bei Bedarf einige zus{\"a}tzliche > M{\"o}glichkeiten. Daneben steht mit \verb+\listpart+ ein neuer, f{\"u}r > alle \texttt{list}-Umgebungen g{\"u}ltiger Befehl zur Verf{\"u}gung.}, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Beschreibungen}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk01.1:huesing.gloeckner:bericht, > author = {Johannes H{\"u}sing and J{\"u}rgen Gl{\"o}ckner}, > title = {Bericht der Rechnungspr{\"u}fer {\"u}ber die Pr{\"u}fung der B{\"u}cher von \dante\ im Gesch{\"a}ftsjahr 2000}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2001}, > volume = {1/01}, > pages = {20--22}, > month = apr, > altnumber = {13}, > altvolume = {1}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk02.2:ingold:dante2002, > author = {Gert-Ludwig Ingold}, > title = {DANTE\,2002}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2002}, > volume = {2/02}, > pages = {21--25}, > month = jun, > altnumber = {14}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk03.3:jackowski.nowacki:accents, > author = {Bogus\l{}aw Jackowski and Janusz M. Nowacki}, > title = {Accents, accents, accents\dots -- enhancing CM fonts with ``funny'' characters}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2003}, > volume = {3/03}, > pages = {10--32}, > month = sep, > abstract = { Dieser Artikel beschreibt die > Geschichte, Entstehung und Schwierigkeiten bei der Entwicklung der > "`Latin Modern Fonts"', die als Projekt der European {\TeX} Users > Groups (\dante, GUTenberg, NTG und GUST) im Rahmen der Projektfonds > gef{\"o}rdert wurden. Die CM-Type-1-Fonts der AMS stellten die Basis > f{\"u}r die LM-Fonts. In LM sind aber nun nicht nur alle akzentuierten > Zeichen als eigenst{\"a}ndige Glyphen (zur Zeit maximal 527 pro Font) > enthalten, es werden auch Zeichen der EC-Fonts aufgenommen, um einen > vollst{\"a}ndigen Ersatz zu schaffen. Im Artikel werden die technischen > Mittel und Wege zur Realisierung erl{\"a}utert und die Entscheidungen > bez{\"u}glich der Kompatibilit{\"a}t zu den CM-Fonts begr{\"u}ndet. Die > LM-Fonts stehen seit dem 5.~August 2003 in der Version~0.86 im CTAN > zur Verf{\"u}gung und wurden in die {\TeX}Live~2003 eingebunden. }, > altnumber = {15}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk02.2:jackson.voss:plot-funktionen, > author = {Laura E. Jackson and Herbert Vo{\ss}}, > title = {Die Plot-Funktionen von {\texttt{pst-plot}}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2002}, > volume = {2/02}, > pages = {27--34}, > month = jun, > abstract = { Im letzten Heft wurden die mathematischen Funktionen von \PS~im Zusammenhang mit dem > {\LaTeX}-Paket \texttt{pst-plot} zum Zeichnen von Funktionen beschrieben und > durch Beispiele erl{\"a}utert. In diesem Teil werden die bislang > nur erw{\"a}hnten Plot-Funktionen f{\"u}r externe Daten behandelt. }, > altnumber = {14}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk01.3:jackson.voss:lyx, > author = {Laura E. Jackson and Herbert Vo{\ss}}, > title = {LyX -- Open Source Document Processor, Teil 1}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2001}, > volume = {3/01}, > pages = {24--45}, > month = sep, > abstract = { \LyX{} als sogenanntes > Frontend zu {\LaTeX}, welches wiederum ein Frontend zu {\TeX} ist, > versucht etwas zu optimieren, was {\LaTeX} selbst gar nicht leisten > will: eine hochwertiges Satzsystem wie {\TeX} einem an tiefsinnigen > typographischen Fragen relativ uninteressierten Benutzer zug{\"a}nglich zu > machen. \LyX{} versteht sich daher auch nicht als Textprozessor, > sondern als Dokument-Prozessor, denn es verf{\"u}gt selbst {\"u}ber > keinerlei eigene Formatierungsm{\"o}glichkeiten, die {\"u}ber die > Bildschirmdarstellung hinausgehen. Alle beschriebenen Eigenschaften von \LyX{} > beziehen sich auf die derzeit offizielle Version \LyX{} 1.1.6fix3. Eine > erheblich erweiterte Version 1.2 ist f{\"u}r dieses Jahr zu erwarten. }, > altnumber = {13}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk01.4:jackson.voss:lyx, > author = {Laura E. Jackson and Herbert Vo{\ss}}, > title = {\LyX{} -- Open Source Document Processor, Teil 2}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2001}, > volume = {4/01}, > month = nov, > abstract = { Nachdem der erste Teil die prinzipiellen Eigenschaften > von \LyX{} behandelt hat, werden in diesem Teil unter anderem die > Ein-/Ausgabem{\"o}glichkeiten und einige Beispiele angegeben. Die Kenntnis > des ersten Teils ist zwar nicht zwingende Voraussetzung f{\"u}r das > Verst{\"a}ndnis der im Folgenden behandelten M{\"o}glichkeiten im > Umgang mit \LyX, erleichtert jedoch wesentlich das Verst{\"a}ndnis. }, > altnumber = {13}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk02.2:jaeger.koglin:rechtliche, > author = {Till Jaeger and Olaf Koglin}, > title = {Der rechtliche Schutz von Fonts}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2002}, > volume = {2/02}, > pages = {35--46}, > month = jun, > abstract = { Trotz ihrer wirtschaftlich durchaus gro{\ss}en > Bedeutung haben Computerschrifttypen, Fonts genannt, bislang in der > juristischen Lehre und Rechtsprechung keine besondere Rolle gespielt. Dies > {\"u}berrascht, da inzwischen ein Gro{\ss}teil aller Druckerzeugnisse mit Hilfe > computerisierter Printverfahren hergestellt wird und den Schrifttypen > dabei hinsichtlich {\"A}sthetik und guter Lesbarkeit ein wesentlicher > Einfluss zukommt. F{\"u}r die Erstellung eines qualitativ hochwertigen > Schriftzeichensatzes ist ein enormer handwerklicher, bisweilen auch > k{\"u}nstlerischer Aufwand erforderlich. Mit einem Urteil des LG K{\"o}ln wurde > -- soweit ersichtlich -- erstmals durch ein deutsches Gericht zur > Schutzf{\"a}higkeit von Fonts im Rahmen der Immaterialg{\"u}terrechtsordnung > Stellung genommen und dabei nicht nur die Schutzf{\"a}higkeit auf der > Grundlage des Schriftzeichengesetzes angenommen, sondern Fonts auch als > Computer\-programme gem. \S{}~69a UrhG f{\"u}r urheberrechtsf{\"a}hig > angesehen. Der vorliegende Beitrag soll die unterschiedlichen rechtlichen > Schutzm{\"o}glichkeiten aufzeigen. Dabei wird dargelegt, dass es tr{\"u}gerisch sein > kann, sich auf den urheberrechtlichen Schutz von Fonts zu verlassen. }, > altnumber = {14}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk95.2:jones:underfull, > author = {Frankeye Jones}, > title = {The {U}nderfull {B}adness {B}lues}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1995}, > volume = {2/95}, > pages = {44}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {7}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {Humor, Satire}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk89.0:jones:underfull, > author = {Frankeye Jones}, > title = {The {U}nderfull {B}adness {B}lues}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1989}, > volume = {0/89}, > pages = {31}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {1}, > annote = {#magazin#}, > keywords = {Humor, Satire}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:joswig:bemerkungen, > author = {Michael J. Joswig}, > title = {Bemerkungen zum {A}tari-{\TeX}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1991}, > volume = {4/91}, > pages = {57--58}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, > keywords = {Leserbrief, Atari}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:juritza:wandel-exe, > author = {Dieter Juritza}, > title = {\texttt{WANDEL.EXE} -- ein vielf{\"a}ltig nutzbarer {F}ormatkonverter}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1992}, > volume = {3/92}, > pages = {31--32}, > month = nov, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Konverter, \verb|Wandel.exe|}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk92.4:jurzitza:schaltbilder, > author = {Dieter Jurzitza}, > title = {Schaltbilder mit {\LaTeX}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1992}, > volume = {4/92}, > pages = {34}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Schaltbilder}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:just:protokoll, > author = {Ehrenfried Just}, > title = {Protokoll der 16.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.V.}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1997}, > volume = {1/97}, > pages = {7--18}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk92.2:kalski:pictex-manual, > author = {Jens Kalski}, > title = {{\PiCTeX}-{M}anual}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1992}, > volume = {2/92}, > pages = {50}, > month = aug, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, > keywords = {Leserbrief, \PiCTeX}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk93.4:kamlage:texstar, > author = {Michael Kamlage}, > title = {{\TeX}{S}tar -- {E}ine {O}berfl{\"a}che f{\"u}r {\TeX} und {\LaTeX}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1993}, > volume = {4/93}, > pages = {38--39}, > month = apr, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {5}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {\TeX{}Star, Oberfl{\"a}che}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk02.4:kastrup:latex, > author = {David Kastrup}, > title = {{\LaTeX} und WYSIWYG? -- {preview-latex} unter Emacs und andere Ans{\"a}tze}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2002}, > volume = {4/02}, > pages = {10--26}, > month = dec, > abstract = { Der anweisungsbasierte Typensatz mit {\TeX}/{\LaTeX}\ hat seine > Leistungsf{\"a}higkeit und Flexibilit{\"a}t f{\"u}r eine Vielzahl von Anwendungen > wiederholt unter Beweis gestellt. Es wird aber der Mangel an unmittelbarem > visuellen Feedback nicht nur bei Anf{\"a}ngern oft als ein Manko bei > der Dokumenterstellung und der Korrektur empfunden. Es existieren > mittlerweile eine Reihe von Versuchen, dieses Problem anzugehen, angefangen > bei einfachen token-basierten Ans{\"a}tzen (Syntax Highlighting, > Spezialzeichens{\"a}tze wie mit \texttt{xsymbol}) bis hin zu kompletten > Textverarbeitungssystemen (\LyX{} und {\TeX}macs), die {\LaTeX}\ im Wesentlichen > nur als Exportsprache nutzen. Eine weitere Klasse von Werkzeugen > konzentriert sich nicht auf das Editieren, sondern auf schnellen > Zugriff auf die gesetzte Form, meist als seitenorientierte Vorschau in > einem separaten Fenster (whizzy\TeX, Instant~Preview). Zwar ist die > Verarbeitungsgeschwindigkeit dieser Varianten auf heutigen Systemen > mehr als ausreichend, dennoch bleibt das Bed{\"u}rfnis nach einer > engeren Kopplung von Quelltext und Vorschau beim Editieren. "`Source > Specials"' sind ein Werkzeug f{\"u}r eine solche Querverbindung. Das > preview-latex-Paket des Autors stellt eine wesentlich engere Kopplung durch > die direkte Platzierung von Vorschauelementen im Quelltext bereit. }, > altnumber = {14}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:kastrup:tex-makros, > author = {David Kastrup}, > title = {{\TeX}-{M}akros f{\"u}r {F}ortgelaufene}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {3/94}, > pages = {49--52}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, > keywords = {Leserbrief, Makrodefinition, Makroprogrammierung}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk03.4:kastrup.kohm.ea:extex, > author = {David Kastrup and Markus Kohm and Torsten Kr{\"u}ger and Michael Niedermair and Rolf Niepraschk}, > title = {{\ExTeX} -- ein {\"U}berblick}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2003}, > volume = {4/03}, > pages = {32-38}, > month = nov, > abstract = { Im Dezember 2002 fand sich eine kleine Gruppe von > Ideentr{\"a}gern und Entwicklern zusammen, um basierend auf \NTS\ eine > Weiterentwicklung von {\TeX}\ auf den Weg zu bringen. Am Anfang standen > dabei einige kaum in Worte gefasste Ideen und die Notwendigkeit, > sich in vorhandene Quellen und {\TeX}-Erweiterungen einzuarbeiten. > Bereits bevor die Gruppe vom 3. bis 5.~Oktober 2003 erstmalig zu > einer Klausurtagung zusammenfand, stand nach vielen Experimenten > und Begutachtungen fest, dass hochgesteckte Ziele nur zu erreichen > sind, wenn gro{\ss}e Teile von {\TeX}\ und damit von \NTS\ ersetzt > werden. Daraus ergab sich der Beschluss, auf Basis der Erfahrungen von > \NTS, \eTeX, \pdfTeX\ und \OMEGA\ (Omega) ein in gro{\ss}en Teilen > neues Java-System zu entwickeln -- \ExTeX. Im Folgenden wird der > aktuelle Stand der Arbeiten und der Planung wiedergegeben. Gleichzeitig > bitten wir um zus{\"a}tzliche Anregungen und Diskussion des Konzepts. }, > altnumber = {15}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk98.4:kayssner:wege, > author = {Christian Kayssner}, > title = {Wege des {\TeX}nischen {F}ortschritts {(II)}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {4/98}, > pages = {43--47}, > month = dec, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:kayssner:handbuecher, > author = {Christian Kayssner}, > title = {Handb{\"u}cher}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {3/94}, > pages = {21--24}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Handb{\"u}cher, Booklets, A4, A5, \verb|DOUBLE|}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk01.4:kiefel:latex, > author = {Volker Kiefel}, > title = {{\LaTeX} als normales "`Schreibwerkzeug"' im Alltag}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2001}, > volume = {4/01}, > month = nov, > abstract = { Au{\ss}erhalb der klassischen > {\TeX}-Anwendungsbereiche spielt {\LaTeX}\ als Software zum Erstellen von > Dokumenten aller Art offensichtlich eine eher nachgeordnete Rolle. > Dabei weist {\LaTeX}\ eine Reihe von Vorz{\"u}gen auf, die es als > Alternative zu den weit verbreiteten kommerziellen Produkten empfehlen. > Unerwartete Hindernisse k{\"o}nnen sich allerdings dann ergeben, wenn man > unter {\LaTeX}\ erstellte Manuskripte in elektronischer Form einer > Zeitschrift beispielsweise im Bereich der Biowissenschaften "`andienen"' > m{\"o}chte. F{\"u}r dieses und {\"a}hnliche Probleme lassen sich > jedoch L{\"o}sungen finden. Dieser kurze Erfahrungsbericht ist als > Anregung f{\"u}r diejenigen gedacht, die mit {\LaTeX}\ noch keine > Erfahrung gesammelt haben und die zumindest teilweise eine Einbeziehung > von {\LaTeX}\ in die Erledigung ihrer t{\"a}glichen Schreibarbeit > erw{\"a}gen oder die gerade beginnen, {\LaTeX}\ zu verwenden. Der erfahrene > {\LaTeX}-Anwender wird im Folgenden dagegen nicht viel Neues finden. }, > altnumber = {13}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk98.3:kinch:microsoft, > author = {Richard Kinch}, > title = {Microsoft kauft {\TeX}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {3/98}, > pages = {51--53}, > month = oct, > abstract = {Dieser Artikel sollte eigentlich in der April-Ausgabe von "`Die {\TeX} > nische Kom{\"o}die"' erscheinen, genauer am 1. April des Jahres. Die > Redaktion m{\"o}chte den Lesern diesen Artikel nicht vorenthalten, > wenn er auch jahreszeitlich etwas versp{\"a}tet erscheint. Autor > ist Richard Kinch, der die kommerzielle {\TeX}-Version TRUE{\TeX} > vertreibt. Auf eine {\"U}bersetzung wurde bewu{\ss}t verzichtet, > da der Stil so typisch f{\"u}r amerikanische "`Nachrichten"' ist.}, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {10}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk91.3:kisker:rumgraph, > author = {H.-W. Kisker}, > title = {rumgraph -- {E}inbindung von {P}ixel-{B}ildern in ein {\TeX}-{D}okument, {T}eil 1}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1991}, > volume = {3/91}, > pages = {22}, > month = oct, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Grafik, Bilder, RUMgraph}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:kisker:rumgraph, > author = {H.-W. Kisker}, > title = {rumgraph -- {E}inbindung von {P}ixel-{B}ildern in ein {\TeX}-{D}okument, {T}eil 2}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1991}, > volume = {4/91}, > pages = {16--23}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Grafik, Bilder, RUMgraph}, >} > >@BOOK{bib:kloeckl, > title = {{\LaTeX} -- Tipps und Tricks}, > publisher = {dpunkt}, > year = {2002}, > author = {Ingo Klöckl}, > address = {Heidelberg}, > edition = {2}, > owner = {Christian Faulhammer}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:knappen:bericht, > author = {J{\"o}rg Knappen}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {\MF}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {4/97}, > pages = {25--26}, > month = feb, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, > keywords = {Metafont}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk96.4:knappen:ankuendigung, > author = {J{\"o}rg Knappen}, > title = {Ank{\"u}ndigung: {D}ie ec-{S}chriten 1.0 sind da!}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1997}, > volume = {4/96}, > pages = {8--9}, > month = feb, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {8}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Fonts (EC), Cork, textcomp, T1-encoding, EC-Fonts}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:knappen:bericht, > author = {J{\"o}rg Knappen}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {\MF}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1996}, > volume = {1/96}, > pages = {48--52}, > month = jun, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {8}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {Metafont}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:knappen:bericht, > author = {J{\"o}rg Knappen}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {\MF}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1996}, > volume = {3/96}, > pages = {61--62}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {8}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {Metafont}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:knappen:tafel-fett, > author = {J{\"o}rg Knappen}, > title = {Tafel-{F}ett, {H}eft 2/96}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1996}, > volume = {3/96}, > pages = {69}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {8}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, > keywords = {Leserbrief}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:knappen:bericht, > author = {J{\"o}rg Knappen}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {\MF}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1995}, > volume = {3/95}, > pages = {39--40}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {7}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:knappen:bericht, > author = {J{\"o}rg Knappen}, > title = {Bericht von der 6.~europ{\"a}ischen {\TeX}-{K}onferenz}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1991}, > volume = {4/91}, > pages = {6--11}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#theatertage#}, > keywords = {Tagungsbericht}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk96.2:knuth:important, > author = {Donald E. Knuth}, > title = {Important Message to all Users of {\TeX}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1996}, > volume = {2/96}, > pages = {10--13}, > month = aug, > abstract = {Auf Donald E. Knuths WWW-Seite > \texttt{http://www-cs-faculty.Stanford.EDU/~knuth/cm.html} befindet sich > seit einigen Monaten ein Aufruf an die Benutzer des Textsatzsystemes > {\TeX}. Er weist darin auf zwei Probleme hin, die die von ihm erstellte > Computer-Modern-Schriftfamilie betreffen. Das erste Problem, das Anfang Juni entdeckt > wurde, betrifft eine nicht von Knuth autorisierte {\"A}nderung an den > Quelldateien, die zu Inkompatibilit{\"a}ten f{\"u}hrt. Diese ge{\"a}nderten > Quelldateien werden mit der Linux-Slackware-Distribution verteilt. Auf > das zweite Problem, da{\ss} h{\"a}ufig noch veraltete Versionen der > Computer-Modern-Schriften verwendet werden, wurde schon mehrmals > von J{\"o}rg Knappen hingewiesen; zuletzt in der Ausgabe 1/1996, > S.~52, der Mitgliederzeitung. \par Bitte {\"u}berpr{\"u}fen Sie ihre > {\TeX}-Installation und besorgen Sie sich, falls Sie veraltete oder ver{\"a}nderte > Computer-Modern-Schriften verwenden, die offiziellen Dateien der > neuesten Version vom CTAN (Comprehensive {\TeX} Archive Network).}, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {8}, > annote = {#fremdebuehne#}, > keywords = {Knuth, Metafont, Fonts, > Schriften, Fehlerbericht, Linux, Slackware, Computer-Modern-Schriften}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk90.1:knuth:new, > author = {Donald E. Knuth}, > title = {The New Versions of {\TeX} and {\MF}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1990}, > volume = {1/90}, > pages = {16--22}, > month = mar, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Knuth, \TeX-Entwicklung, Metafont-Entwicklung}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk90.4:knuth:future, > author = {Donald E. Knuth}, > title = {The Future of {\TeX} and {\MF}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1990}, > volume = {4/90}, > pages = {23--25}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Knuth, Metafont-Entwicklung, \TeX-Entwicklung}, >} > >@BOOK{bib:knuth, > title = {Digital Typography}, > publisher = {CSLI Publications}, > year = {1998}, > author = {Donald Ervin Knuth}, > number = {78}, > series = {CSLI lecture notes}, > address = {Stanford}, > month = aug, > isbn = {0-57586-011-2}, > owner = {Christian Faulhammer}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk01.2:koch:einladung, > author = {Thomas Koch}, > title = {Einladung zur 25.~Mitgliederversammlung von DANTE~e.V.}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2001}, > volume = {2/01}, > pages = {5--6}, > month = jul, > altnumber = {13}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk01.4:koch:einladung, > author = {Thomas Koch}, > title = {Einladung zur {\TeX}-Tagung DANTE\,2002 und 26.~Mitgliederversammlung von \dante}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2001}, > volume = {4/01}, > month = nov, > altnumber = {13}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk00.4:koch:einladung, > author = {Thomas Koch}, > title = {Einladung zur 24.~Mitgliederversammlung von {DANTE e.V.}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2000}, > volume = {4/00}, > pages = {12}, > month = nov, > altnumber = {12}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:koch:bericht, > author = {Thomas Koch}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {OS/2}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1997}, > volume = {1/97}, > pages = {61}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {OS/2}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:koch:latex-wegweiser, > author = {Thomas Koch}, > title = {Der {\LaTeX}-{W}egweiser}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1997}, > volume = {1/97}, > pages = {65--66}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#rezension#}, > keywords = {Rezensionen, Grundkonzepte, \LaTeXe-Beschreibung}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:koch:bericht, > author = {Thomas Koch}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {OS/2}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1995}, > volume = {1/95}, > pages = {34--35}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {7}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {OS/2}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:koch:bericht, > author = {Thomas Koch}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {OS}/2}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1995}, > volume = {3/95}, > pages = {40--41}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {7}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:koch:bericht, > author = {Thomas Koch}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {OS/2}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {3/94}, > pages = {36}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {OS/2}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk01.1:koch.schaa:grusswort, > author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa}, > title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2001}, > volume = {1/01}, > pages = {4--5}, > month = apr, > altnumber = {13}, > altvolume = {1}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk01.2:koch.schaa:grusswort, > author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa}, > title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2001}, > volume = {2/01}, > pages = {4--5}, > month = jul, > altnumber = {13}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk01.3:koch.schaa:grusswort, > author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa}, > title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2001}, > volume = {3/01}, > pages = {4--5}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {13}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk01.4:koch.schaa:grusswort, > author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa}, > title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2001}, > volume = {4/01}, > month = nov, > altnumber = {13}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk00.1:koch.schaa:grusswort, > author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa}, > title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2000}, > volume = {1/00}, > pages = {4--5}, > month = may, > altnumber = {12}, > altvolume = {1}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk00.2:koch.schaa:grusswort, > author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa}, > title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2000}, > volume = {2/00}, > pages = {4--5}, > month = jul, > altnumber = {12}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk00.3:koch.schaa:grusswort, > author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa}, > title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2000}, > volume = {3/00}, > pages = {4--5}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {12}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk00.4:koch.schaa:grusswort, > author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa}, > title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2000}, > volume = {4/00}, > pages = {4--5}, > month = nov, > altnumber = {12}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk99.1:koch.schaa:grusswort, > author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa}, > title = {{G}ru{\ss}wort}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1999}, > volume = {1/99}, > pages = {4--5}, > month = feb, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk99.2:koch.schaa:grusswort, > author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa}, > title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1999}, > volume = {2/99}, > pages = {4}, > month = may, > altnumber = {11}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk99.3:koch.schaa:grusswort, > author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa}, > title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1999}, > volume = {3/99}, > pages = {4--5}, > month = aug, > altnumber = {11}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk99.4:koch.schaa:grusswort, > author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa}, > title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1999}, > volume = {4/99}, > pages = {4--5}, > month = nov, > altnumber = {11}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk98.4:koch.schaa:grusswort, > author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa}, > title = {{G}ru{\ss}wort}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {4/98}, > pages = {4--5}, > month = dec, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk98.1:koen:raechtschraibrehform, > author = {Wilhelm H. Koen}, > title = {R{\"a}chtschraibrehform, {H}eft 3/97}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {1/98}, > pages = {57--58}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {10}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, > keywords = {Leserbrief, Rechtschreibreform}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk03.2:kohm:moderne, > author = {Markus Kohm}, > title = {Moderne Briefe mit KOMAScript}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2003}, > volume = {2/03}, > pages = {32--51}, > month = may, > abstract = { Einige KOMAScript-Anwender haben den falschen Eindruck gewonnen, der Satzspiegel > w{\"a}re bei Briefen gegen{\"u}ber der Anschrift und dem {\"u}brigen > Briefkopf einger{\"u}ckt. Dieser Eindruck entsteht insbesondere dann sehr > leicht, wenn die Anleitung zu KOMAScript und insbesondere das Kapitel > {\"u}ber \texttt{scrlttr2} nicht gr{\"u}ndlich genug studiert wird. In > Wirklichkeit sind Satzspiegel und Briefkopf oder Anschrift einfach > nur voneinander losgel{\"o}st. In diesem Artikel wird nun nicht nur > gezeigt, wie man diese wieder aneinander koppeln kann. Es soll dabei > auch ein sinnvoller Satzspiegel und ein modernes Layout entstehen. }, > altnumber = {15}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk02.4:kohm:satzspiegelkonstruktionen, > author = {Markus Kohm}, > title = {Satzspiegelkonstruktionen im Vergleich}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2002}, > volume = {4/02}, > pages = {28--48}, > month = dec, > abstract = { Die Konstruktion von Satzspiegeln, also die > Bestimmung des Textbereichs auf der Seite, ist eine Kunst, die seit dem > Mittelalter von Profis gepflegt wird. Im Laufe der Zeit wurden viele > unterschiedliche Verfahren ersonnen, verworfen, vergessen, aber auch > weiterentwickelt und dokumentiert. Einige dieser Verfahren sind mit Schlagworten > belegt, die sie legend{\"a}r machen. Obwohl angeblich an jeder Legende > auch etwas Wahres ist, birgt die Legendenbildung auch Gefahren. Es > gilt daher, Legende und Wirklichkeit miteinander zu vergleichen. }, > altnumber = {14}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk01.2:kohm:briefkoepfe, > author = {Markus Kohm}, > title = {Briefk{\"o}pfe mit \KOMAScript}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2001}, > volume = {2/01}, > pages = {19--40}, > month = jul, > abstract = { Wer eben mal rasch einen Brief schreiben > will, st{\"o}rt sich h{\"a}ufig daran, dass er erst eine gro{\ss}e > Pr{\"a}ambel zusammenbasteln oder seine Standardpr{\"a}ambel aus einem alten > Brief kopieren muss. Soll dann je nach Brief eine Angabe mehr oder > weniger im Briefkopf gesetzt werden, muss man zudem jedesmal von neuem > {\"u}berlegen, wie dies oder jenes am besten erreicht wird. Der Artikel soll > zeigen, dass es auch anders geht: mit einem Paket, das einmal alle > Varianten implementiert und durch Optionen ausw{\"a}hlbar macht. }, > altnumber = {13}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk99.1:kohm:verkleinerte, > author = {Markus Kohm}, > title = {Verkleinerte und vergr{\"o}{\ss}erte Ausgaben mit {\LaTeX}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1999}, > volume = {1/99}, > pages = {7--26}, > month = feb, > abstract = {Eine immer wiederkehrende Frage zu \LaTeX\ betrifft die > korrekte Vorgehensweise zur Vergr{\"o}{\ss}erung oder Verkleinerung von > Dokumenten. Da diese Frage unterschiedlich motiviert sein kann und der > Fragesteller sich oftmals {\"u}ber seine Motive nicht vollst{\"a}ndig klar > ist, f{\"a}llt es den Experten h{\"a}ufig nicht leicht, die Frage in > der Hinsicht korrekt zu beantworten, da{\ss} der tats{\"a}chlich > gew{\"u}nschte Effekt erzielt wird. Im nachfolgenden Artikel werden deshalb > ausgehend von einem h{\"a}ufig anzutreffenden Fallbeispiel verschiedene > M{\"o}glichkeiten vorgestellt und gegeneinander abgewogen. Aufmerksame Leser der > deutschsprachigen DE-\TeX-/DANTE-FAQ wird es nicht verwundern, zumindest eine der > hier empfohlenen L{\"o}sungen dort auch in Kurzform wiederzufinden.}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:kohm:jung, > author = {Markus Kohm}, > title = {Jung gewohnt, alt getan}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {4/97}, > pages = {42}, > month = feb, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk98.2:kohm:es, > author = {Markus Kohm}, > title = {Es ist nicht alles {G}old, was gl{\"a}nzt}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {2/98}, > pages = {54--59}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {10}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, > keywords = {Leserbrief}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk96.2:kohm:koma-script, > author = {Markus Kohm}, > title = {\textsc{Koma-Script} -- {E}ine {A}lternative zu den {S}tandardklassen?}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1996}, > volume = {2/96}, > pages = {14--33}, > month = aug, > abstract = {Wer die Newsgroups wie > \texttt{de.comp.tex} aufmerksam verfolgt, wird immer wieder Verweise auf > \textsc{Koma-Script} finden. Selbst in der DE-{\TeX}-/DANTE-FAQ sind inzwischen > mehrere Verweise auf dieses Paket zu lesen. Auf den folgenden Seiten > soll daher die Entstehung, die Motivation, die Grundz{\"u}ge und die > Verwendung von \textsc{Koma-Script} erl{\"a}utert werden. Um den > Rahmen nicht zu sprengen, werden nur die Klassen \texttt{scrartcl}, > \texttt{scrreprt} und \texttt{scrbook} sowie das Satzspiegelpaket > \texttt{typearea} erl{\"a}utert. Die Briefklasse \texttt{scrletter} und die > erg{\"a}nzenden Pakete \texttt{scrpage}, \texttt{scrtime}, \texttt{scrdate}, > \texttt{scraddr} und die zu \texttt{scrlettr} geh{\"o}renden Beispieldokumente > \texttt{phone} und \texttt{dir} werden hier ausgeklammert. F{\"u}r die > Installation sei auf die Anleitungen, die zum Paket geh{\"o}ren, verwiesen.}, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {8}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {\textsc{Koma-Script}, \LaTeX-Klassen}, >} > >@BOOK{bib:koma, > title = {KOMA-Script -- eine Sammlung von Klassen und Paketen für {\LaTeXe}}, > publisher = {Deutschsprachige Anwendervereinigung {\TeX} {e.\,V.}}, > year = {2003}, > author = {Marus Kohm and Jens-Uwe Morawski}, > address = {Darmstadt}, > month = feb, > note = {Anleitung zu Version 2.9o}, > isbn = {3-936427-45-3}, > owner = {Christian Faulhammer}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:krebs:metafont-reparaturen, > author = {Peter Krebs}, > title = {{\MF}-{R}eparaturen -- f{\"u}r {L}aien}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1993}, > volume = {1/93}, > pages = {41--42}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {5}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Metafont, Fonts, Schriften, yswab, Fraktur}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk90.1:kruljac:bibtex, > author = {Gabriele Kruljac}, > title = {{\BibTeX} und \texttt{MAKEINDEX}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1990}, > volume = {1/90}, > pages = {23--24}, > month = mar, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {\MakeIndex, BibTeX}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk90.1:kruljac.burr:editorial, > author = {Gabriele Kruljac and Barbara Burr}, > title = {Editorial}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1990}, > volume = {1/90}, > pages = {3}, > month = mar, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#editorial#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk89.0:kruljac.burr:editorial, > author = {Gabriele Kruljac and Barbara Burr}, > title = {Editorial}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1989}, > volume = {0/89}, > pages = {3--4}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {1}, > annote = {#editorial#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk89.0:kruljac.burr:treffen, > author = {Gabriele Kruljac and Barbara Burr}, > title = {8.~{T}reffen der deutschsprachigen {{\TeX}-Anwender} in {E}ichst{\"a}tt, 12.--13.~{O}ktober 1989}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1989}, > volume = {0/89}, > pages = {18--20}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {1}, > annote = {#rezension#}, > keywords = {Rezension}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk91.1:kruljac-dronskowski:grusswort, > author = {Gabriele Kruljac-Dronskowski}, > title = {Gru{\ss}wort zum {A}bschied}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1991}, > volume = {1/91}, > pages = {11--12}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:kuchel.muus:kalender, > author = {W.F. Kuchel and P.H. Muus}, > title = {Kalender}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1992}, > volume = {3/92}, > pages = {35--36}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Kalender}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:kurdelski:stammtisch, > author = {Lutz-Peter Kurdelski}, > title = {Stammtisch in {B}remerhafen}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1993}, > volume = {1/93}, > pages = {26}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {5}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, > keywords = {Stammtisch,}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:kusznier:verwaltungskueche, > author = {Heinz Kusznier}, > title = {Aus der {V}erwaltungsk{\"u}che}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {3/94}, > pages = {53}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, > keywords = {Leserbrief}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:kusznier:artikel, > author = {Heinz Kusznier}, > title = {Artikel und die darin beschriebene {S}oftware}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1993}, > volume = {1/93}, > pages = {60--61}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {5}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, > keywords = {Leserbrief}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:kusznier:sprachschwierigkeiten, > author = {Heinz Kusznier}, > title = {Sprachschwierigkeiten}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1992}, > volume = {3/92}, > pages = {45}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, > keywords = {Leserbrief}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk98.4:lachenmayr:einfuehrung, > author = {Dr.~Georg Lachenmayr}, > title = {"`Einf{\"u}hrung in {\LaTeXe}"' von {K}arsten {G}{\"u}nther}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {4/98}, > pages = {39--42}, > month = dec, > annote = {#rezension#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk00.4:lachenmayr:tex-tagung, > author = {Georg Lachenmayr}, > title = {{\TeX}-Tagung DANTE\,2001 in Rosenheim -- Einladung und Call for Papers}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2000}, > volume = {4/00}, > pages = {58}, > month = nov, > altnumber = {12}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {Spielplan}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk99.3:lagally:interlinearuebersetzung, > author = {Klaus Lagally}, > title = {Interlinear{\"u}bersetzung: ein Vorschlag}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1999}, > volume = {3/99}, > pages = {30--33}, > month = aug, > abstract = {In Heft 2/1999 von \emph{\DTK} fragt Siegfried Splett nach einer bequemen M{\"o}glichkeit, > in zweisprachigen Texten Satzteile einander zuzuordnen und jeweils > zweizeilig untereinander abzusetzen. Hier ist ein L{\"o}sungsvorschlag. }, > altnumber = {11}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk96.2:lagally:alternative, > author = {Klaus Lagally}, > title = {Das alternative {\LaTeX}-{G}lossar -- {A}ddendum}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1996}, > volume = {2/96}, > pages = {67--68}, > month = aug, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {8}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {Humor, Satire}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:lammarsch:fonds, > author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, > title = {{F}onds zur {U}nterst{\"u}tzung von {M}itgliedern}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {4/97}, > pages = {12}, > month = feb, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:lammarsch:grusswort, > author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, > title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {4/97}, > pages = {5--12}, > month = feb, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:lammarsch:kommentar, > author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, > title = {{K}ommentar zum {O}ffenen {B}rief}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {4/97}, > pages = {63--65}, > month = feb, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk98.1:lammarsch:bar-kasse, > author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, > title = {Die {B}ar-{K}asse -- {D}as {E}rgebnis der {R}echerche}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {1/98}, > pages = {29--33}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {10}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk98.3:lammarsch:erlebnisse, > author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, > title = {Erlebnisse einer {P}olenreise}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {3/98}, > pages = {47--50}, > month = oct, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {10}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {Euro\TeX}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk96.4:lammarsch:grusswort, > author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, > title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1997}, > volume = {4/96}, > pages = {4--7}, > month = feb, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {8}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:lammarsch:grusswort, > author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, > title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1997}, > volume = {1/97}, > pages = {4--7}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.2:lammarsch:grusswort, > author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, > title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1997}, > volume = {2/97}, > pages = {4--5}, > month = jul, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.3:lammarsch:grusswort, > author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, > title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1997}, > volume = {3/97}, > pages = {5--8}, > month = oct, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:lammarsch:brief, > author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, > title = {Ein {B}rief an die c't}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1996}, > volume = {1/96}, > pages = {18}, > month = jun, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {8}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, > keywords = {c't}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:lammarsch:grusswort, > author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, > title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1996}, > volume = {1/96}, > pages = {4--5}, > month = jun, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {8}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk96.2:lammarsch:grusswort, > author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, > title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1996}, > volume = {2/96}, > pages = {4--5}, > month = aug, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {8}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:lammarsch:grusswort, > author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, > title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1996}, > volume = {3/96}, > pages = {4--5}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {8}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:lammarsch:bericht, > author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {MVS}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1995}, > volume = {1/95}, > pages = {34}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {7}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {MVS}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:lammarsch:grusswort, > author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, > title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1995}, > volume = {1/95}, > pages = {4--5}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {7}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk95.2:lammarsch:grusswort, > author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, > title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1995}, > volume = {2/95}, > pages = {4--5}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {7}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:lammarsch:aera, > author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, > title = {Die {\"A}ra des {P}r{\"a}sidenten geht zu {E}nde \dots}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1995}, > volume = {3/95}, > pages = {20--21}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {7}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:lammarsch:beschreibung, > author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, > title = {Beschreibung der {CD-ROM} von {DANTE} e.{V}.}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1995}, > volume = {3/95}, > pages = {48--50}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {7}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {CD-ROM, CTAN}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:lammarsch:fonds, > author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, > title = {Fonds zur {U}nterst{\"u}tzung von {M}itgliedern}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1995}, > volume = {3/95}, > pages = {21}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {7}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:lammarsch:grusswort, > author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, > title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1995}, > volume = {3/95}, > pages = {4--5}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {7}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk95.4:lammarsch:grusswort, > author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, > title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1995}, > volume = {4/95}, > pages = {4--5}, > month = mar, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {7}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.1:lammarsch:grusswort, > author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, > title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {1/94}, > pages = {4--5}, > month = jul, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.2:lammarsch:fonds, > author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, > title = {Fonds zur {U}nterst{\"u}tzung von {M}itgliedern}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {2/94}, > pages = {7}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.2:lammarsch:grusswort, > author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, > title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {2/94}, > pages = {4--5}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:lammarsch:bericht, > author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {MVS}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {3/94}, > pages = {36}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {MVS}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:lammarsch:grusswort, > author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, > title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {3/94}, > pages = {4--5}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:lammarsch:grusswort, > author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, > title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1993}, > volume = {1/93}, > pages = {4--5}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {5}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk93.2:lammarsch:fond, > author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, > title = {Fond zur {U}nterst{\"u}tzung von {M}itgliedern}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1993}, > volume = {2/93}, > pages = {5}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {5}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk93.2:lammarsch:grusswort, > author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, > title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1993}, > volume = {2/93}, > pages = {4--5}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {5}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk93.3:lammarsch:grusswort, > author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, > title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1993}, > volume = {3/93}, > pages = {4--6}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {5}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk93.4:lammarsch:grusswort, > author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, > title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1993}, > volume = {4/93}, > pages = {4--5}, > month = apr, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {5}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:lammarsch:grusswort, > author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, > title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1992}, > volume = {1/92}, > pages = {4--5}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk92.2:lammarsch:aergernis, > author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, > title = {Das {\"A}rgernis}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1992}, > volume = {2/92}, > pages = {47}, > month = aug, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {Public Domain, Shareware, Chip, em\TeX, TUG}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk92.2:lammarsch:grusswort, > author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, > title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1992}, > volume = {2/92}, > pages = {4--5}, > month = aug, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk92.2:lammarsch:umgebungsbereich, > author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, > title = {Umgebungsbereich zu klein?}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1992}, > volume = {2/92}, > pages = {46}, > month = aug, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#schonimmer#}, > keywords = {MS-DOS, Umgebungsbereich}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:lammarsch:beginners, > author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, > title = {A {B}eginners {B}ook of {\TeX}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1992}, > volume = {3/92}, > pages = {41--43}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#rezension#}, > keywords = {Rezension}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk92.4:lammarsch:grusswort, > author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, > title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1992}, > volume = {4/92}, > pages = {4--6}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk91.2:lammarsch:dante, > author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, > title = {Neues von {DANTE}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1991}, > volume = {2/91}, > pages = {4--7}, > month = aug, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk91.2:lammarsch:qms-ps, > author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, > title = {{QMS PS} {L}aserdrucker}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1991}, > volume = {2/91}, > pages = {32--33}, > month = aug, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk91.2:lammarsch:ruecktritt, > author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, > title = {R{\"u}cktritt des {E}uropean {C}oordinators}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1991}, > volume = {2/91}, > pages = {9}, > month = aug, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk91.2:lammarsch:wahlen, > author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, > title = {Wahlen zum \emph{Board of Directors}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1991}, > volume = {2/91}, > pages = {7--8}, > month = aug, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk91.3:lammarsch:resumee, > author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, > title = {Ein {R}esumee}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1991}, > volume = {3/91}, > pages = {17--18}, > month = oct, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:lammarsch:aktuelle, > author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, > title = {Aktuelle {A}uflage der {\TeX}-{B}{\"u}cher}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1991}, > volume = {4/91}, > pages = {47}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:lammarsch:grusswort, > author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, > title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1991}, > volume = {4/91}, > pages = {4--5}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:lammarsch:tex-buecher, > author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, > title = {Drei {\TeX}-{B}{\"u}cher im {V}ergleich}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1991}, > volume = {4/91}, > pages = {48--51}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#rezension#}, > keywords = {Rezension}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk90.1:lammarsch:xtex, > author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, > title = {{x\TeX}, {y\TeX}, {z\TeX}, \dots {W}ieviele {V}ersionen wird es noch geben?}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1990}, > volume = {1/90}, > pages = {37--39}, > month = mar, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#rezension#}, > keywords = {Rezension, \TeX-Versionen}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk90.2:lammarsch:dante, > author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, > title = {Dante {L}etter}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1990}, > volume = {2/90}, > pages = {4--6}, > month = aug, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk90.4:lammarsch:jahresrueckblick, > author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, > title = {Jahresr{\"u}ckblick}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1990}, > volume = {4/90}, > pages = {4--7}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk90.4:lammarsch:tests, > author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, > title = {Tests von verschiedenen {PC}-{V}ersionen}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1990}, > volume = {4/90}, > pages = {37--41}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {MS-DOS, PC\TeX, Turbo\TeX, em\TeX, $\mu$\TeX, PubliC\TeX, sb\TeX}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk89.0:lammarsch:bericht, > author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, > title = {Bericht eines {USA}-{R}eisenden}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1989}, > volume = {0/89}, > pages = {12--15}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {1}, > annote = {#rezension#}, > keywords = {Rezension}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk89.0:lammarsch:software, > author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, > title = {Software vom {S}erver auf {D}iskette}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1989}, > volume = {0/89}, > pages = {26}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {1}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk89.0:lammarsch:tex, > author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, > title = {{\TeX} f{\"u}r {IBM-PC} und {K}ompatible}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1989}, > volume = {0/89}, > pages = {25}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {1}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk99.2:lammarsch.taylor.ea:bericht, > author = {Joachim Lammarsch and Philip Taylor and Ji{\v{r}}\'{\i} Zlatu{\v{s}}ka}, > title = {Bericht der Evaluation des \NTS-Projekts}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1999}, > volume = {2/99}, > pages = {16--19}, > month = may, > altnumber = {11}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:landmann:dc-fonts, > author = {J{\"o}rg Landmann}, > title = {{DC}-{F}onts}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1991}, > volume = {4/91}, > pages = {57}, > month = dec, > note = {mit einer {A}ntwort von Rainer Sch{\"o}pf}, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, > keywords = {Leserbrief, DC-Fonts, Fonts (DC), Umlaute}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:landmann:serverzugang, > author = {J{\"o}rg Landmann}, > title = {Serverzugang}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1991}, > volume = {4/91}, > pages = {56}, > month = dec, > note = {mit {A}ntwort von Joachim Lammarsch}, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, > keywords = {Leserbrief}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk98.3:lanfermann:resuemee, > author = {Dr. Klaus Lanfermann}, > title = {Res{\"u}m{\'e}e eines {M}itglieds}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {3/98}, > pages = {59--61}, > month = oct, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {10}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, > keywords = {Leserbrief}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk98.1:lang:liebe, > author = {Christian B. Lang}, > title = {Liebe {\TeX}nische {F}reunde}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {1/98}, > pages = {59}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {10}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, > keywords = {Leserbrief}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:langhaus:serverzugang, > author = {Claus Langhaus}, > title = {Serverzugang}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1992}, > volume = {1/92}, > pages = {54}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, > keywords = {Leserbrief}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk92.2:langhaus:elektronische, > author = {Claus Langhaus}, > title = {Elektronische {K}ommunikation f{\"u}r {J}edermann}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1992}, > volume = {2/92}, > pages = {22--26}, > month = aug, > abstract = {In diesem Artikel wird der Versuch > unternommen, die M{\"o}glichkeiten der elektronischen Kommunikation f{\"u}r > Privatleute zu beleuchten, soweit sie f{\"u}r die Mitglieder von > {DANTE}, Deutschsprachige Anwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.V., interessant > sind. Es wird dabei auch auf die verschiedenen Netze eingegangen.}, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk93.4:lauschke:leidigen, > author = {Andreas Lauschke}, > title = {Diese leidigen {M}engenzeichen}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1993}, > volume = {4/93}, > pages = {33--35}, > month = apr, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {5}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Mengensymbole, Formelsatz, blackboard bold, bbold}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk01.2:lazrek:package, > author = {Azzeddine Lazrek}, > title = {A package for typesetting Arabic mathematical formulas}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2001}, > volume = {2/01}, > pages = {54--66}, > month = jul, > abstract = { {\TeX} and its extension > {\LaTeX} have been adapted to handle passages of Arabic script. The > package Arab{\TeX} extends the capabilities of {\TeX} and {\LaTeX} to > produce documents containing passages in Arabic. A package that extends > Arab{\TeX} to typeset Arabic mathematical formulas, with specific > symbols and running from right to left, is presented in this paper. }, > altnumber = {13}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:lehmke:atari-tex, > author = {Stephan Lehmke}, > title = {Atari-{\TeX} und {U}mlaute}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1991}, > volume = {4/91}, > pages = {52}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, > keywords = {Leserbrief, Atari, Umlaute}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:lehmke:grafikeinbindung, > author = {Stephan Lehmke}, > title = {Grafikeinbindung}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1991}, > volume = {4/91}, > pages = {53--54}, > month = dec, > note = {mit Antwort von Friedhelm Sowa}, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, > keywords = {Leserbrief, Grafik, \PiCTeX}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.1:lehrke:linux, > author = {J{\"o}rg Lehrke}, > title = {Linu{X} -- ein freies *nix f{\"u}r {PC}s}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {1/94}, > pages = {48--51}, > month = jul, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {Linux, Unix}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk01.4:leibner:dokumentation, > author = {Peter Leibner}, > title = {Zur Dokumentation mit {\LaTeX} und Co.}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2001}, > volume = {4/01}, > month = nov, > abstract = { Anhand dieses Beitrags soll gezeigt werden, wie aus einer Quelldatei \PS-, PDF- > und HTML-Code erzeugt werden kann. Der Beitrag kn{\"u}pft an den > Artikel von Thomas Feuerstack, erschienen in "`\DTK"' 2/2001, an. }, > altnumber = {13}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk03.2:lemberg:hyphenation-exception-log, > author = {Werner Lemberg}, > title = {{Hyphenation Exception Log} f{\"u}r deutsche Trennmuster}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2003}, > volume = {2/03}, > pages = {28--31}, > month = may, > abstract = { Dem englischen Vorbild der \emph{\TUG} folgend soll dieser Artikel ein > Aufruf zur Mitarbeit sein, die deutschen Trennmuster zu verbessern. }, > altnumber = {15}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk01.3:lemberg:cjk-enc, > author = {Werner Lemberg}, > title = {\texttt{cjk-enc} -- eine Schnittstelle zwischen \texttt{Emacs} und {\LaTeX}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2001}, > volume = {3/01}, > pages = {14--23}, > month = sep, > abstract = { Im dem Artikel wird das > Lisp-Programm \texttt{cjkenc.el} beschrieben, eine Schnittstelle zwischen > \texttt{Emacs} und {\LaTeX}, welche die verschiedenen Zeichens\"atze von > \texttt{Emacs} in f\"ur {\LaTeX} verst"andliche Befehle konvertiert. > Urspr"unglich f\"ur ostasiatische Sprachen entwickelt, wurde es inzwischen > um europ\"aische Zeichens\"atze (auch Russisch und Neugriechisch) > erweitert. \texttt{cjkenc.el} ist Teil des \texttt{CJK}-Pakets. }, > altnumber = {13}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk00.4:lemberg:thai-zeichensaetze, > author = {Werner Lemberg}, > title = {Thai-Zeichens{\"a}tze}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2000}, > volume = {4/00}, > pages = {26--40}, > month = nov, > abstract = {Der Artikel beschreibt das > Funktionsprinzip der thail{\"a}ndischen Schrift und die Implementation der > notwendigen Ligaturen f{\"u}r {\TeX}\ mittels \texttt{afm2tfm}. }, > altnumber = {12}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk95.4:lemberg:cjk-paket, > author = {Werner Lemberg}, > title = {Das {CJK}-{P}aket f{\"u}r {\LaTeXe}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1995}, > volume = {4/95}, > pages = {30--40}, > month = mar, > abstract = {Mit MULE (multilingual Emacs) kann man > Text in mehreren Sprachen schreiben. Es ist im besonderen entwickelt > worden, um asiatische Sprachen in unterschiedlichen Kodierschemata zu > editieren. So ist es zum Beispiel m{\"o}glich, Chinesisch in der > vereinfachten Schrift (jij{\^a}nt{\^i}z{\`i} in GB-Kodierung) und in der > traditionellen Form (f{\'a}nt{\^i}z{\`i} in Big-5-Kodierung) gleichzeitig > darzustellen, obwohl sich die Kodierungsbereiche {\"u}berlappen. > \par Das CJK-Paket (Chinesich/Japanisch/Koreanisch) ist das Pendant > f{\"u}r {\LaTeXe}. Die meisten CJK-Kodierungen sind implemntiert, das > interne Kodierschema von MULE wird durch einen kleinen Pr{\"a}prozessor > unterst{\"u}tzt. Au{\ss}erdem enth{\"a}lt es Module f{\"u}r Unicode und CEF > (Chinese Encoding Framework), das im Prinzip eine Eingabemethode f{\"u}r > die CNS-Kodierung (Chinesischer National Standard, zirka 48\,000 > chinesische Schriftzeichen) ist. \par CJK ist nat{\"u}rlich nicht auf MULE > beschr{\"a}nkt. Jeder Editor der eine CJK-Sprache unterst{\"u}tzt, kann > verwendet werden. \par Im CJK-Paket sind Hilfsprogramme enthalten, > die chinesische TrueType-Fonts und CJK-Bitmap-Zeichens{\"a}tze in > \texttt{.pk}-Dateien konvertieren. Zus{\"a}tzlich werden Sprachmodule > f{\"u}r CJK-Sprachen zur Verf{\"u}gung gestellt, die in Zusammenarbeit > mit dem Koma-Script-Paket syntaktisch korrekte {\"U}berschriften > produzieren. \par Dieser Artikel beschreibt Version 3.0.1 des Pakets.}, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {7}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {CJK-Paket, Fonts, Chinesisch, Japanisch, Koreanisch, MULE}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:lerbs:bericht, > author = {Lothar Meyer Lerbs}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {M}acintosh}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1996}, > volume = {1/96}, > pages = {46--48}, > month = jun, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {8}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {Macintosh}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk02.1:lickert:latex, > author = {Knut Lickert}, > title = {"`{\LaTeX} echt einfach"' von Roland Willms}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2002}, > volume = {1/02}, > month = mar, > altnumber = {14}, > altvolume = {1}, > annote = {#rezension#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk00.3:lickert:latexfuer, > author = {Knut Lickert}, > title = {{\LaTeX}\ f{\"u}r Vereinsmeier: \minutes}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2000}, > volume = {3/00}, > pages = {45--52}, > month = sep, > abstract = {Mit dem hier beschriebenen Paket \minutes\ > k{\"o}nnen Protokolle f{\"u}r Vereine o.\,{\"a}.\ erstellt werden. > Zusammen mit der Klasse \Lpack{scrartcl} werden einzelne Protokolle > erstellt, mit \Lpack{scrreprt}-artigen Klassen kann eine Zusammenfassung > mehrerer Protokolle erstellt werden. Das Paket ist im CTAN unter > \texttt{tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supported/minutes/} verf{\"u}gbar. }, > altnumber = {12}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk00.4:lickert:blindtext, > author = {Knut Lickert}, > title = {blindtext.sty: Viel Text um Nichts}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2000}, > volume = {4/00}, > pages = {47--50}, > month = nov, > abstract = {Mit dem hier beschriebenen Paket \texttt{blindtext.sty} kann man schnell Text > erzeugen, um Klassen und Pakete zu testen. Das Paket ist im CTAN unter > \texttt{tex\_archive/macros/latex/contrib/supported/minutes/blindtext.dtx} verf{\"u}gbar. }, > altnumber = {12}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk02.3:lickert.vieth:eurobachotex2002, > author = {Knut Lickert and Ulrik Vieth}, > title = {{EuroBacho\TeX\ 2002} in Bachotek/Polen}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2002}, > volume = {3/02}, > pages = {45--53}, > month = oct, > abstract = {Vom 29.\ April bis zum 3.\ Mai 2002 fand in > Bachotek die 13.\ Euro\TeX, zugleich die 10.\ Bacho\TeX\ statt. Dieser > Bericht bietet eher einen (subjektiven) Eindruck über die Tagung.}, > altnumber = {14}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk99.2:liebing:satzungsaenderung, > author = {Arnulf Liebing}, > title = {Satzungs{\"a}nderung -- Mitteilung des Satzungsauschusses}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1999}, > volume = {2/99}, > pages = {19--21}, > month = may, > altnumber = {11}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk99.2:liebing:serienbriefe, > author = {Arnulf Liebing}, > title = {Serienbriefe mit {\LaTeX}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1999}, > volume = {2/99}, > pages = {35--38}, > month = may, > altnumber = {11}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:loeser:bericht, > author = {Christa Loeser}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {V}erlag und {B}uchhandel}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1996}, > volume = {1/96}, > pages = {54--56}, > month = jun, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {8}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {Verlag, Buchhandel}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:loeser:bericht, > author = {Christa Loeser}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {V}erlag und {B}uchhandel}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1995}, > volume = {1/95}, > pages = {41--42}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {7}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {Verlag, Buchhandel}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:loeser:bericht, > author = {Christa Loeser}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {V}erlag und {B}uchhandel}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1995}, > volume = {3/95}, > pages = {43}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {7}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:loeser:bericht, > author = {Christa Loeser}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {V}erlag und {B}uchhandel}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {3/94}, > pages = {44-45}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {Verlag, Buchhandel}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk03.4:lotze:eurotex, > author = {Thomas Lotze }, > title = {Euro{\TeX}~2003 in Brest/Bretagne}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2003}, > volume = {4/03}, > pages = {15--23}, > month = nov, > abstract = { Die Euro{\TeX}~2003 fand > in der Zeit vom 24.~bis 27.~Juni nahe Brest in der Bretagne statt. > Dieser Bericht gilt nicht dem Vortragsprogramm, sondern soll vielmehr > meine pers{\"o}nlichen Eindr{\"u}cke von der Konferenz wiedergeben. }, > altnumber = {15}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:loew:aufgabe, > author = {Michael L{\"o}w}, > title = {Aufgabe}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1992}, > volume = {3/92}, > pages = {45}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, > keywords = {Leserbrief}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk95.2:malek:style-files, > author = {Matthias Malek}, > title = {Style-{F}iles -- leicht gemacht -- zum {Z}weiten}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1995}, > volume = {2/95}, > pages = {31--35}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {7}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Styles erstellen}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk99.2:marquardt:dante99, > author = {Colin Marquardt}, > title = {Die DANTE'99}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1999}, > volume = {2/99}, > pages = {22-24}, > month = may, > altnumber = {11}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:matthes:bericht, > author = {Henning Matthes}, > title = {Bericht von der {F}r{\"u}hjahrstagung in {A}ugsburg}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1996}, > volume = {1/96}, > pages = {20--23}, > month = jun, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {8}, > annote = {#theatertage#}, > keywords = {Tagungsbericht}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk93.2:mehl:anfaengerfragen, > author = {Albrecht Mehl}, > title = {Anf{\"a}ngerfragen}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1993}, > volume = {2/93}, > pages = {59--61}, > month = sep, > note = {Mit einer Anmerkung der Redaktion}, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {5}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, > keywords = {Leserbrief, Promillezeichen, Umgebungen, Absatzformat, Minimalsystem}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk99.4:mehl.schmidt:grosse, > author = {Albrecht Mehl and Walter Schmidt}, > title = {Gro\ss{}e Zeichen in {\LaTeX}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1999}, > volume = {4/99}, > pages = {58--59}, > month = nov, > altnumber = {11}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#schonimmer#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk98.3:meier:zukuenftigen, > author = {Frank Meier}, > title = {Zum zuk{\"u}nftigen {N}amen des {CTAN}-{S}ervers}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {3/98}, > pages = {58--59}, > month = oct, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {10}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, > keywords = {Leserbrief, CTAN}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:meyer-lerbs:bericht, > author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {M}acintosch {A}bschlu{\ss}bericht}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {4/97}, > pages = {24--25}, > month = feb, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, > keywords = {Macintosh}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:meyer-lerbs:bericht, > author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {M}acintosh}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1997}, > volume = {1/97}, > pages = {58--59}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {Macintosh}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:meyer-lerbs:bericht, > author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {M}acintosh}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1995}, > volume = {1/95}, > pages = {34}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {7}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {Macintosh}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:meyer-lerbs:bericht, > author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {M}acintosh}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {3/94}, > pages = {35--36}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {Macintosh}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:meyer-lerbs:so, > author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs}, > title = {So kommen {S}ie an {I}hr {\TeX} auf dem {M}ac}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1993}, > volume = {1/93}, > pages = {52--53}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {5}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {Macintosh, Oz\TeX, Direct\TeX, Textures}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk93.3:meyer-lerbs:viel, > author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs}, > title = {Viel {N}eues auf dem {M}ac}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1993}, > volume = {3/93}, > pages = {55--56}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {5}, > annote = {#schonimmer#}, > keywords = {Macintosh, Oz\TeX, CMac\TeX}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk92.4:meyer-lerbs:ganz, > author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs}, > title = {Ganz un{\TeX}nische {B}{\"u}cher}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1992}, > volume = {4/92}, > pages = {38--40}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#rezension#}, > keywords = {Rezension, Tschichold}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk92.4:meyer-lerbs:tex, > author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs}, > title = {{\TeX} auf dem {M}ac}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1992}, > volume = {4/92}, > pages = {6}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, > keywords = {Macintosh}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk91.1:meyer-lerbs:klassiker, > author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs}, > title = {Zwei {K}lassiker der {T}ypographie}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1991}, > volume = {1/91}, > pages = {25--26}, > month = may, > note = {Rezension zweier B{\"u}cher von Jan Tschichold}, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#rezension#}, > keywords = {Rezension, Tschichold}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk91.1:meyer-lerbs:tips, > author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs}, > title = {Tips zum {T}abellensatz}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1991}, > volume = {1/91}, > pages = {27--29}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#schonimmer#}, > keywords = {Tabellen, }, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:meyer-lerbs:macintosh, > author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs}, > title = {Der {M}acintosh und {\TeX}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1991}, > volume = {4/91}, > pages = {28--40}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Macintosh, Oz\TeX, Direct\TeX, Textures}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk99.4:mischke:eps-grafiken, > author = {Peter Mischke}, > title = {{EPS-Grafiken}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1999}, > volume = {4/99}, > pages = {50--57}, > month = nov, > abstract = {"`Sag mal, wie kann ich eigentlich Grafiken in mein {\LaTeX}-Dokument einbinden?"' > Diese Frage hat jeder {\LaTeX}-Anwender schon einmal geh{\"o}rt. > "`Gar kein Problem! Speichere sie einfach im EPS-Format und binde > sie mit dem Befehl \verb|\includegraphics| ein"', lautet meist die > Antwort darauf. Der zweite Schritt bereitet tats{\"a}chlich selten > Probleme. Alle modernen {\TeX}-Systeme unterst{\"u}tzen diese Methode. > Au{\ss}erdem sind gute Dokumentationen zu dem Thema vorhanden). Probleme > treten jedoch h{\"a}ufig beim Speichern im EPS-Format auf. Anhand von > drei Beispielen aus der Praxis soll in diesem Artikel aufgezeigt > werden, wo Probleme entstehen k{\"o}nnen und wie sie zu umgehen sind. }, > altnumber = {11}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk96.4:mischke:tex-umgebung, > author = {Peter Mischke}, > title = {Eine {\TeX}-{U}mgebung f{\"u}r {OS}/2}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1997}, > volume = {4/96}, > pages = {56--59}, > month = feb, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {8}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {EPM, OS/2, Editor}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk00.1:mittelbach:laudatio, > author = {Frank Mittelbach}, > title = {Laudatio auf Professor Hermann Zapf}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2000}, > volume = {1/00}, > pages = {31--36}, > month = may, > altnumber = {12}, > altvolume = {1}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:mittelbach:math, > author = {Frank Mittelbach}, > title = {Math {F}ont {E}ncoding}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1995}, > volume = {1/95}, > pages = {26--27}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {7}, > annote = {#fremdebuehne#}, > keywords = {Fonts (math), \LaTeX3}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.2:mittelbach:seitenzahlen, > author = {Frank Mittelbach}, > title = {Seitenzahlen}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {2/94}, > pages = {50--52}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, > keywords = {Leserbrief, Markup, Seitenzahlen, \verb|fancyheadings|-Paket}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk92.2:mittelbach:latex3, > author = {Frank Mittelbach}, > title = {{\LaTeX3}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1992}, > volume = {2/92}, > pages = {15-22}, > month = aug, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {\LaTeX-Entwicklung, \LaTeX3}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk90.4:mittelbach:brief, > author = {Frank Mittelbach}, > title = {Brief an den {E}ditor}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1990}, > volume = {4/90}, > pages = {42}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@BOOK{bib:comp, > title = {The {\LaTeX} Companion}, > publisher = {Addison-Wesley}, > year = {2004}, > editor = {Frank Mittelbach}, > author = {Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens and Johannes Braams and David Carlisle and Chris Rowley and Christine Detig and Joachim Schrod}, > series = {Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting}, > address = {Boston}, > edition = {2}, > month = feb, > isbn = {0-201-36299-6}, > owner = {Christian Faulhammer}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:mittelbach.rowley:latex3, > author = {Frank Mittelbach and Chris Rowley}, > title = {Das {\LaTeX3} {P}rojekt}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1991}, > volume = {4/91}, > pages = {12--15}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#fremdebuehne#}, > keywords = {\LaTeX3, \LaTeX-Entwicklung, \LaTeX-News}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:molitor:brief, > author = {Ernst Molitor}, > title = {{B}rief an den {P}r{\"a}sidenten}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {4/97}, > pages = {61--63}, > month = feb, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.2:molitor:aufbereitung, > author = {Ernst Molitor}, > title = {Aufbereitung der {E}rgebnisse von {L}iteratur-{R}echerchen f{\"u}r {\LaTeX} und {\BibTeX}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1997}, > volume = {2/97}, > pages = {31--36}, > month = jul, > abstract = {Die inzwischen vielerorts zug\"anglichen Literaturdatenbanken erleichtern die > Suche nach Literatur zu einem bestimmten Thema ganz erheblich. Die > Umwandlung des Ausgabeformats solcher Datenbanksysteme nach {\LaTeX} > und {\BibTeX} ist ohne geeignete Werkzeuge allerdings m\"uhsam. In > diesem Artikel m\"ochte ich ein kleines Programm beschreiben, das eine > solche Umwandlung eines bestimmten Literaturdatenbank-Ausgabeformates > bewerkstelligt. Das Programm ist unter Einsatz von {\textit{flex}} > geschrieben und baut auf der \textit{standard template library} auf.}, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Literaturrecherche, Datenbank, Umwandlung, Konverter, \BibTeX, medline, litlex}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk02.4:morawski:alt, > author = {Jens-Uwe Morawski}, > title = {Aus alt mach neu -- {\MP} Recycling}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2002}, > volume = {4/02}, > pages = {48--62}, > month = dec, > abstract = { \MP{} ist durch seinen > vielf{\"a}ltigen Funktionsvorrat und durch seine gute Integration in > das {\TeX}-System ein gern genutztes Werkzeug f{\"u}r ansprechende > Illustrationen. Dieser Artikel zeigt, wie mit geringem Aufwand bereits > vorhandene \MP-Arbeiten in eine neue Grafik integriert werden k{\"o}nnen. }, > altnumber = {14}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk99.2:mueller:mit, > author = {Ralf M{\"u}ller}, > title = {Mit {\LaTeX} bequem Briefe schreiben}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1999}, > volume = {2/99}, > pages = {30--35}, > month = may, > abstract = {Das Schreiben von Briefen, insbesondere Serienbriefen, ist in > {\LaTeX} nicht sehr komfortabel. Daher benutzen viele f{\"u}r diese > Anwendungen gro{\ss}e WYSIWYG-Programme. Der Artikel stellt eine graphische > Benutzeroberfl{\"a}che vor, mit deren Hilfe das Schreiben von Briefen > und Serienbriefen extrem vereinfacht wird. Die Bedienung sowie die > Funktionsweise des Programmes \emph{tk\_Brief} wird dabei erl{\"a}utert. }, > altnumber = {11}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:muench:protokoll, > author = {Uwe M{\"u}nch}, > title = {{P}rotokoll der {S}itzung {A}{K} {\"O}ffentlichkeitsarbeit}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {4/97}, > pages = {18--24}, > month = feb, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk99.4:muench.schaa:20, > author = {Uwe M{\"u}nch and Volker RW Schaa}, > title = {20.~TUG-Konferenz, Vancouver/BC, Kanada}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1999}, > volume = {4/99}, > pages = {25--33}, > month = nov, > altnumber = {11}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk00.4:neitmann:texim, > author = {Elisabeth Neitmann}, > title = {"`{\TeX}\ im Jahr 2003: Vorschl{\"a}ge und Thesen zur Zukunft von {\TeX}"', Heft 3/2000}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2000}, > volume = {4/00}, > month = nov, > altnumber = {12}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:neubauer:belichtungsservice, > author = {Marion Neubauer}, > title = {Belichtungsservice}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {4/97}, > pages = {12--14}, > month = feb, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:neubauer:buecher, > author = {Marion Neubauer}, > title = {B{\"u}cher bei {DANTE} e.{V}.}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {4/97}, > pages = {70--73}, > month = feb, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#theaterkasse#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk98.1:neubauer:grusswort, > author = {Marion Neubauer}, > title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {1/98}, > pages = {5--7}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {10}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk98.1:neubauer:offnener, > author = {Marion Neubauer}, > title = {Offnener {B}rief an das {CTAN}-{T}eam}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {1/98}, > pages = {33--35}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {10}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk98.2:neubauer:grusswort, > author = {Marion Neubauer}, > title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {2/98}, > pages = {5--10}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {10}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk98.3:neubauer:grusswort, > author = {Marion Neubauer}, > title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {3/98}, > pages = {5--7}, > month = oct, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {10}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk98.4:neubauer:nachtrag, > author = {Marion Neubauer}, > title = {Nachtrag zum {P}rotokoll der 19.\ {M}itgliderversammlung von {DANTE e.\,V.}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {4/98}, > pages = {18--19}, > month = dec, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk96.4:neubauer:feinheiten, > author = {Marion Neubauer}, > title = {Feinheiten bei wissenschaftlichen {P}ublikationen -- {M}ikrotypographie-{R}egeln, {T}eil {I}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1997}, > volume = {4/96}, > pages = {23-40}, > month = feb, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {8}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Mikrotypographie, Abk{\"u}rzungen, Akronyme, Einheiten, Himmelsrichtungen, Anf{\"u}hrungszeichen, > Satzzeichen, Auslassungen, Sonderzeichen, email-Adressen, Ligaturen}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:neubauer:feinheiten, > author = {Marion Neubauer}, > title = {Feinheiten bei wissenschaftlichen {P}ublikationen -- {M}ikrotypographie-{R}egeln, {T}eil {II}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1997}, > volume = {1/97}, > pages = {25--44}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Mikrotypographie, Zahlen, Ziffern, Nummern, Striche, Klammern, geschachtelte Klammern, > Wortzwischenr{\"a}ume, Abst{\"a}nde, mathematischer Satz, Worttennungen, Zeilenumbruch}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:neubauer:software, > author = {Marion Neubauer}, > title = {Neue {S}oftware bei {DANTE} e.V.}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1997}, > volume = {1/97}, > pages = {19--20}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, > iptvloume = {9}, > keywords = {Software, Verteilung}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.2:neubauer:software, > author = {Marion Neubauer}, > title = {Neue {S}oftware bei {DANTE} e.V.}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1997}, > volume = {2/97}, > pages = {5--7}, > month = jul, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, > keywords = {Software, Verteilung}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.3:neubauer:aeltere, > author = {Marion Neubauer}, > title = {{\"A}ltere {A}usgaben von {\TeX}-{B}{\"u}chern bei {DANTE} {e.V.}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1997}, > volume = {3/97}, > pages = {48--50}, > month = oct, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#theaterkasse#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk90.4:neubauer:kalender, > author = {Marion Neubauer}, > title = {Kalender in {\TeX}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1990}, > volume = {4/90}, > pages = {43--45}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Kalender}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk89.0:neubauer:protokoll, > author = {Marion Neubauer}, > title = {Protokoll der {G}r{\"u}ndungsversammlung von {DANTE} {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1989}, > volume = {0/89}, > pages = {5--7}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {1}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk03.1:neugebauer:editorial, > author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, > title = {Editorial}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2003}, > volume = {1/03}, > pages = {3--4}, > month = feb, > altnumber = {15}, > altvolume = {1}, > annote = {#editorial#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk03.2:neugebauer:editorial, > author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, > title = {Editorial}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2003}, > volume = {2/03}, > pages = {3--4}, > month = may, > altnumber = {15}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#editorial#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk03.3:neugebauer:editorial, > author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, > title = {Editorial}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2003}, > volume = {3/03}, > pages = {3}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {15}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#editorial#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk03.4:neugebauer:editorial, > author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, > title = {Editorial}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2003}, > volume = {4/03}, > pages = {3}, > month = nov, > altnumber = {15}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#editorial#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk02.1:neugebauer:editorial, > author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, > title = {Editorial}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2002}, > volume = {1/02}, > month = mar, > altnumber = {14}, > altvolume = {1}, > annote = {#editorial#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk02.2:neugebauer:editorial, > author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, > title = {Editorial}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2002}, > volume = {2/02}, > pages = {3--4}, > month = jun, > altnumber = {14}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#editorial#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk02.2:neugebauer:tipps, > author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, > title = {Tipps und Tricks: Illustrationen f{\"u}r {\LaTeX} erstellen}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2002}, > volume = {2/02}, > pages = {46--48}, > month = jun, > altnumber = {14}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk02.3:neugebauer:editorial, > author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, > title = {Editorial}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2002}, > volume = {3/02}, > pages = {3}, > month = oct, > altnumber = {14}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#editorial#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk02.4:neugebauer:editorial, > author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, > title = {Editorial}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2002}, > volume = {4/02}, > pages = {3}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {14}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#editorial#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk01.1:neugebauer:editorial, > author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, > title = {Editorial}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2001}, > volume = {1/01}, > pages = {3}, > month = apr, > altnumber = {13}, > altvolume = {1}, > annote = {#editorial#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk01.2:neugebauer:editorial, > author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, > title = {Editorial}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2001}, > volume = {2/01}, > pages = {3}, > month = jul, > altnumber = {13}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#editorial#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk01.3:neugebauer:editorial, > author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, > title = {Editorial}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2001}, > volume = {3/01}, > pages = {3}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {13}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#editorial#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk01.4:neugebauer:editorial, > author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, > title = {Editorial}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2001}, > volume = {4/01}, > month = nov, > altnumber = {13}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#editorial#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk00.1:neugebauer:editorial, > author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, > title = {Editorial}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2000}, > volume = {1/00}, > pages = {3}, > month = may, > altnumber = {12}, > altvolume = {1}, > annote = {#editorial#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk00.2:neugebauer:editorial, > author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, > title = {Editorial}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2000}, > volume = {2/00}, > pages = {3}, > month = jul, > altnumber = {12}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#editorial#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk00.2:neugebauer:in, > author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, > title = {In Reih und Glied}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2000}, > volume = {2/00}, > pages = {21--34}, > month = jul, > abstract = {In {\LaTeX} erh{\"a}lt man sehr viel Unterst{\"u}tzung, wenn es um das > Setzen von Tabellen geht. Trotz der M{\"o}glichkeiten, die {\LaTeX} > selbst schon mitbringt, gibt es einige W{\"u}nsche, die erst durch > Zusatzpakete einfach zu realisieren sind. Es ist nicht immer ratsam, > alle Register zu ziehen. Auch hier bewahrheitet es sich, dass es auf > einen gezielten und {\"u}berlegten Einsatz ankommt, wenn man ein > ansprechendes und professionell aussehendes Ergebnis erzielen will. }, > altnumber = {12}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk00.3:neugebauer:editorial, > author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, > title = {Editorial}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2000}, > volume = {3/00}, > pages = {3}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {12}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#editorial#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk00.3:neugebauer:umbruch, > author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, > title = {Umbruch in schmalen Spalten}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2000}, > volume = {3/00}, > pages = {52--54}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {12}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk00.4:neugebauer:editorial, > author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, > title = {Editorial}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2000}, > volume = {4/00}, > pages = {3}, > month = nov, > altnumber = {12}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#editorial#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk00.4:neugebauer:entstehung, > author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, > title = {Die Entstehung der Mitgliedszeitschrift}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2000}, > volume = {4/00}, > pages = {50--52}, > month = nov, > abstract = {Diese Ausgabe der Mitgliederzeitschrift "`\DTK"' war > nicht ganz so einfach zu erstellen wie andere Ausgaben. Dies soll > zum Anlass genommen werden, den Entstehungsprozess zu skizzieren. }, > altnumber = {12}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk99.1:neugebauer:editorial, > author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, > title = {Editorial}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1999}, > volume = {1/99}, > pages = {3}, > month = feb, > annote = {#editorial#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk99.1:neugebauer:latex-tips, > author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, > title = {"`{\LaTeX}-{T}ips"' von {J.~Kenneth~Shultis}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1999}, > volume = {1/99}, > pages = {40--42}, > month = feb, > annote = {#rezension#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk99.2:neugebauer:editorial, > author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, > title = {Editorial}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1999}, > volume = {2/99}, > pages = {3}, > month = may, > altnumber = {11}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#editorial#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk99.3:neugebauer:editorial, > author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, > title = {Editorial}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1999}, > volume = {3/99}, > pages = {3}, > month = aug, > altnumber = {11}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#editorial#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk99.4:neugebauer:editorial, > author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, > title = {Editorial}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1999}, > volume = {4/99}, > pages = {3}, > month = nov, > altnumber = {11}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#editorial#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk99.4:neugebauer:tex-tools, > author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, > title = {"`{\TeX}-Tools"' von Klaus Braune}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1999}, > volume = {4/99}, > pages = {60--63}, > month = nov, > abstract = {{\TeX} besteht nicht nur aus dem eigentlichen Satzprogramm. Daneben gibt es noch eine > Vielzahl von n{\"u}tzlichen Programmen. Das hier beschriebene Buch ist > angetreten, etwas Ordnung in die Vielzahl der Zusatzprogramme zu bringen. }, > altnumber = {11}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#rezension#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:neugebauer:editorial, > author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, > title = {Editorial}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {4/97}, > pages = {3--4}, > month = feb, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#editorial#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk98.4:neugebauer:editorial, > author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, > title = {Editorial}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {4/98}, > pages = {3}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {10}, > annote = {#editorial#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk96.4:neugebauer:genealogisches, > author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, > title = {Genealogisches}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1997}, > volume = {4/96}, > pages = {41--53}, > month = feb, > abstract = {Manchmal braucht man ein spezielles Zeichen. Wenn man nicht sofort wei{\ss}, wie man das > Zeichen bekommt, mu{\ss} man sich auf die Suche danach machen. Dieser > Beitrag beschreibt eine solche Suche nach genealogischen Zeichen.}, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {8}, > annote = {#fundus#}, > keywords = {Genealogische Zeichen, Fonts, textcomp, msam, \AMS-Fonts, > msbm, Waldis Symbol Font, wasy, St Mary's Road, bbding, Zapf-Dingbats}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.2:neugebauer:ueberfluessiges, > author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, > title = {{\"U}berfl{\"u}ssiges? --- {K}lammern um {M}akroargumente}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1997}, > volume = {2/97}, > pages = {9--13}, > month = jul, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Klammerungen, Makros, Argumente, Token}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.3:neugebauer:vor, > author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, > title = {{V}or {G}ebrauch sch{\"u}tteln}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1997}, > volume = {3/97}, > pages = {26--36}, > month = oct, > abstract = {\glqq Outline\grqq-Schriften sind im \TeX-Umfeld nicht sehr verbreitet. Trotzdem kann die > Besch{\"a}ftigung mit der Erzeugung solcher Schriften einige Einsichten in die > Arbeitsweise von {\MF} vermitteln. In diesem Beitrag wird nicht nur die > Arbeitsweise einer Outline-Routine in {\MF} erl{\"a}utert und vorbereitete > Outline-Schriften vorgestellt, sondern auch gezeigt, wie man zu beliebigen > {\MF}-Schriften eine Outline-Variante erstellen und nutzen kann. }, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#fundus#}, > keywords = {Metafont, Outline-Fonts, outline}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:neugebauer:krakelig, > author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, > title = {Von {\glqq}krakelig{\grqq} bis {\glqq}wie gemalt{\grqq}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1996}, > volume = {1/96}, > pages = {25--42}, > month = jun, > abstract = {Wir alle kennen zur Gen{\"u}ge die Computer-Modern-Schriften, die > standardm{\"a}{\ss}ig von {\TeX} verwendet werden. Sicher hat der eine > oder andere auch mit PostScript-Schriften wie Times, helvetics oder > LucidaBright seine Erfahrungen gesammelt. In diesem Artikel habe ich mir > Schreibschriften vorgenommen und die M{\"o}glichkeiten untersucht, > ein handschrift{\"a}hnliches Aussehen mit {\LaTeX} zu produzieren.}, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {8}, > annote = {#fundus#}, > keywords = {Metafont, Schriften, gftopk, > Lateinische Ausgangsschrift, lla, la, Vereinfachte Anfangsschrift, va, > vacal, twcal, calligra, script, S{\"u}tterlin, suet, schwell, Fonts}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk96.2:neugebauer:tafel-fett, > author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, > title = {Tafel-{F}ett}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1996}, > volume = {2/96}, > pages = {44--53}, > month = aug, > abstract = {Manchmal ist es n{\"o}tig, die mathematischen Symbole f{\"u}r > die nat{\"u}rlichen Zahlen, die ganzen Zahlen, die komplexen Zahlen > oder {\"a}hnliche Symbole zu verwenden. Diese werden typischerweise > durch einen zus{\"a}tzlichen senkrechten Strich am Anfang der Letter > dargestellt. \par Es gibt verschiedene L{\"o}sungen f{\"u}r dieses > Problem. Einige dieser L{\"o}sungen sollen hier vorgestellt werden.}, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {8}, > annote = {#fundus#}, > keywords = {Mengensymbole, blackboard bold, > \AmS-Fonts, bbold, mathbbol, doublestroke, dsfont, bbm, Mathematik}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:neugebauer:unentdeckte, > author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, > title = {Das unentdeckte {L}and}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1996}, > volume = {3/96}, > pages = {36--56}, > month = dec, > abstract = {In diesem Beitrag wird ein Weg beschrieben, wie man \PS-Schriften zusammen mit > \TeX{} nutzen kann. Der Schwerpunkt liegt weniger auf der Verwendung > von bekannten Schriften wie Times oder Helvetica, sondern auf der > Einbindung von einzelnen Schriften, wie man sie auf Public-Domain-CDs oder > im Internet h{\"a}ufig findet. Dabei werden einige Schriften auch > beispielhaft vorgestellt. Diese sind Schriften nachempfunden, die in den > Fernsehserien und Filmen um das Raumschiff Enterprise zu sehen sind. }, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {8}, > annote = {#fundus#}, > keywords = {StarTrek, PostScript Fonts, Schriften, fontinst, pltotf, tftopl, vptovf, vftovp, > gpreview, t1tools, t1utils, StarTrekTNGCrilleA, StarTrekClassicA, > StarTrekClassicMoviesA, StarTrekTNGTitleA, TNGMonitorsPlain, klinz}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk95.2:neugebauer:kurioses, > author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, > title = {Kurioses aus dem {F}undus}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1995}, > volume = {2/95}, > pages = {41--43}, > month = sep, > abstract = {In diesem Beitrag werden einige > Merkw{\"u}rdigkeiten in den Definitionen der Fontumschaltungsbefehle > \verb|\normalsize|, \verb|\small| und \verb|\scriptsize| in \LaTeX{} ausgezeigt.}, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {7}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {Fontumschaltbefehle, \verb|\normalsize|, \verb|\small|, \verb|\scriptsize|}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk95.2:neugebauer:setzen, > author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, > title = {Setzen russischer {T}extteile mit {\LaTeX}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1995}, > volume = {2/95}, > pages = {11--20}, > month = sep, > abstract = {In diesem Beitrag werden M{\"o}glichkeiten > aufgezeigt, wie Texte mit kyrillischen Zeichen in einem normalen > Text eingebracht werden k{\"o}nnen. Dabei werden insbesondere die > kyrillischen Zeichens{\"a}tze der University of Washington vorgestellt.}, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {7}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Metafont, Schriften, Fonts, Kyrillisch, wncyr, cmcyr}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:neugebauer:wie, > author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, > title = {Wie verfa{\ss}t man wissenschaftliche {A}rbeiten?}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1995}, > volume = {3/95}, > pages = {52--53}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {7}, > annote = {#rezension#}, > keywords = {Rezension, Duden}, > reference = {Duden: \emph{Wie verfa{\ss}t man wissenschaftliche > Arbeiten?} \emph{\em Ein Leitfaden vom 1. Studiensemester bis zur > Promotion};\\ 1988, Duden Verlag Mannheim, Wien, Z{\"u}rich;\\ (Die Duden > Taschenb{\"u}cher: Bd.~21)\\ ISBN 3-411-02751-7\\ 216 Seiten, 12,80~DM }, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk95.4:neugebauer:klasse, > author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, > title = {Eine {K}lasse f{\"u}r {\glqq}{Die \TeX}nische {K}om{\"o}die{\grqq}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1995}, > volume = {4/95}, > pages = {6--15}, > month = mar, > abstract = {{\glqq}Die \TeX{}nische Kom{\"o}die{\grqq} wird > neuerdings mit \LaTeXe{} hergestellt. In diesem Artikel werden einige > Hintergr{\"u}nde der benutzten Dokumenten-Klasse erhellt. Wie er entstand, > welche M{\"o}glichkeiten er bietet und wie man ihn benutzen kann. }, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {7}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {dtk, \LaTeX-Klassen}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.4:neugebauer:bibtool, > author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, > title = {\textsc{BibTool} -- {M}anipulation von {\BibTeX}-{D}ateien}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {4/94}, > pages = {4--11}, > month = feb, > abstract = {Es war einmal, da versp{\"u}rte ich das dringende Bed{\"u}rfnis, \BibTeX-Dateien aus > verschiedenen Quellen zusammen weiterzugeben. Da es sich dabei nicht nur um > einige wenige Eintr{\"a}ge in den \BibTeX-Dateien handelte, ergaben > sich daraus diverse Aufgaben, die gel{\"o}st werden mu{\ss}ten. Das > einfachste Problem war, da{\ss} das Erscheinungsbild vereinheitlicht > werden sollte. Das bedeutet, da{\ss} die Dateien neu formatiert werden > m{\"u}ssen. Das n{\"a}chste Problem war, die Vereinheitlichung der > Schl{\"u}ssel, unter denen die \BibTeX-Eintr{\"a}ge angesprochen > werden sollen. Schlie{\ss}lich und endlich ergab sich das Problem, die > Dateien zu sortieren. \par Da es damals noch keine entsprechenden > Werkzeuge gab -- insbesondere nicht f{\"u}r den Rechner, den ich > damals verwendete -- wurde das \textsc{BibTool}-Programm geboren. Als > dann einmal die grundlegenden Funktionen geschrieben waren, kamen > noch weitere hinzu, soda{\ss} man \textsc{BibTool} heute als das > Schweizer-Armee-Messer zur \BibTeX-Vorverarbeitung bezeichnen k{\"o}nnte.}, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {BibTeX, BibTool, Literaturverzeichnis}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk99.4:neugebauer:spaetsommer, > author = {Winfried P. Neugebauer}, > title = {Sp{\"a}tsommer in Heidelberg -- Bericht {\"u}ber die Euro{\TeX}'99}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1999}, > volume = {4/99}, > pages = {33--36}, > month = nov, > altnumber = {11}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk92.2:neuwirth:weiterentwicklung, > author = {Erich Neuwirth}, > title = {Die {W}eiterentwicklung von {\TeX}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1992}, > volume = {2/92}, > pages = {13-15}, > month = aug, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {\TeX-Entwicklung}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk91.1:neuwirth.obermiller:bericht, > author = {Erich Neuwirth and Walter Obermiller}, > title = {Bericht {\"u}ber die 10.~{T}agung der deutschsprachigen {\TeX} {I}nteressenten}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1991}, > volume = {1/91}, > pages = {13--16}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#theatertage#}, > keywords = {Tagungsbericht}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk90.1:neuwirth:buchbesprechung, > author = {Konrad Neuwirth}, > title = {Buchbesprechung: {D}esign for {D}esktop {P}ublishing}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1990}, > volume = {1/90}, > pages = {42--43}, > month = mar, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#magazin#}, > keywords = {DTP}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk89.0:neuwirth:metaplot, > author = {Konrad Neuwirth}, > title = {Meta{P}lot: und es geht doch!}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1989}, > volume = {0/89}, > pages = {27}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {1}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@BOOK{bib:niedermair, > title = {{\LaTeX}-Praxisbuch}, > publisher = {Franzis Verlag}, > year = {2004}, > author = {Elke Niedermair and Michael Niedermair}, > series = {Professional Series}, > address = {Poing}, > isbn = {3-7723-6109-9}, > keywords = {latex,textsatz,einfuehrung}, > owner = {Christian Faulhammer}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk03.1:niepraschk:anwendungen, > author = {Rolf Niepraschk}, > title = {Anwendungen des {\LaTeX}-Pakets \textsf{preview}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2003}, > volume = {1/03}, > pages = {60--65}, > month = feb, > abstract = { Dieser Artikel beschreibt ein auf dem {\LaTeX}-Paket \textsf{preview} basierendes > Konzept zur Erzeugung von Grafikdateien, die in HTML-Dateien, mit > \mbox{pdf{\LaTeX}} oder anderen Verfahren verwendet werden k{\"o}nnen. }, > altnumber = {15}, > altvolume = {1}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk03.1:niepraschk:berichtigung, > author = {Rolf Niepraschk}, > title = {Berichtigung zu \enquote{Tierkunde einmal anders}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2003}, > volume = {1/03}, > pages = {65--66}, > month = feb, > altnumber = {15}, > altvolume = {1}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk03.3:niepraschk:pdf, > author = {Rolf Niepraschk}, > title = {PDF und \PS{} -- das {\LaTeX}-Paket ps4pdf}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2003}, > volume = {3/03}, > pages = {49--56}, > month = sep, > abstract = {Es wird ein Weg gezeigt, wie man mit relativ geringem Aufwand \PS-Code innerhalb > eines mit pdf{\LaTeX}\ zu bearbeitenden Dokuments verwenden kann.}, > altnumber = {15}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk03.3:niepraschk:tipps, > author = {Rolf Niepraschk}, > title = {Tipps und Tricks: Mal anders herum -- \emph{excludeonly}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2003}, > volume = {3/03}, > pages = {32--33}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {15}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk03.4:niepraschk:tipps, > author = {Rolf Niepraschk}, > title = {Tipps und Tricks: eine \texttt{minipage}, die mitdenkt}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2003}, > volume = {4/03}, > pages = {63--65}, > month = nov, > altnumber = {15}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk02.2:niepraschk:tipps, > author = {Rolf Niepraschk}, > title = {Tipps und Tricks: Mehrfachverweis auf Fu{\ss}noten}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2002}, > volume = {2/02}, > pages = {34}, > month = jun, > altnumber = {14}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk02.3:niepraschk:tipps, > author = {Rolf Niepraschk}, > title = {Tipps und Tricks: Tierkunde einmal anders}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2002}, > volume = {3/02}, > pages = {31--33}, > month = oct, > abstract = { }, > altnumber = {14}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk02.3:niepraschk:tipps*1, > author = {Rolf Niepraschk}, > title = {Tipps und Tricks: Fette Schreibmaschinenschrift}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2002}, > volume = {3/02}, > pages = {43--44}, > month = oct, > altnumber = {14}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk02.3:niepraschk:tipps*2, > author = {Rolf Niepraschk}, > title = {Tipps und Tricks: PDF-Datei vorhanden -- Brosch{\"u}re gew{\"u}nscht}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2002}, > volume = {3/02}, > pages = {53--55}, > month = oct, > altnumber = {14}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk02.4:niepraschk:tipps, > author = {Rolf Niepraschk}, > title = {Tipps und Tricks: Immer im Rahmen bleiben}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2002}, > volume = {4/02}, > pages = {27--28}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {14}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk01.1:niepraschk:make, > author = {Rolf Niepraschk}, > title = {make -- nur etwas für Profis?}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2001}, > volume = {1/01}, > pages = {54--58}, > month = apr, > altnumber = {13}, > altvolume = {1}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk00.2:niepraschk:wiege, > author = {Rolf Niepraschk}, > title = {Von der Wiege bis zur Bahre: Formulare}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2000}, > volume = {2/00}, > pages = {11--14}, > month = jul, > abstract = {In dem Artikel wird anhand des {\"U}berweisungsformulars gezeigt, wie hochwertige > Grafiken mit Hilfe des Makropakets PSTricks erzeugt werden k{\"o}nnen. }, > altnumber = {12}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk00.4:niepraschk:poster, > author = {Rolf Niepraschk}, > title = {Poster -- leicht gemacht}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2000}, > volume = {4/00}, > pages = {40--47}, > month = nov, > abstract = {In dem Artikel wird gezeigt, wie aus einem einseitigen in {\"u}blicher Art geschriebenen > {\LaTeX}-Dokument unter Zuhilfenahme des Programms \texttt{poster} > ein Poster in beliebiger Gr{\"o}{\ss}e hergestellt werden kann. }, > altnumber = {12}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk99.1:niepraschk:ueberschreiben, > author = {Rolf Niepraschk}, > title = {{\"U}berschreiben erlaubt -- das \texttt{overpic}-{P}aket}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1999}, > volume = {1/99}, > pages = {27--29}, > month = feb, > abstract = {Im folgenden Beispiel wird das \LaTeX-Paket \texttt{overpic} > vorgestellt und an einem Beispiel gezeigt, wie damit EPS-Grafiken > nachtr{\"a}glich durch \LaTeX-Anweisungen erg{\"a}nzt werden k{\"o}nnen.}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk98.1:niepraschk:verflixte, > author = {Rolf Niepraschk}, > title = {Das verflixte achte {B}it, {H}eft 4/97}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {1/98}, > pages = {56--57}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {10}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, > keywords = {Leserbrief, 8-Bit, Fonts (8-Bit), Kodierung, Fonts (EC), EC-Fonts}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.2:niepraschk:psfrag-paket, > author = {Rolf Niepraschk}, > title = {Das {PSfrag}-{P}aket}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1997}, > volume = {2/97}, > pages = {36--39}, > month = jul, > abstract = {Im folgenden Artikel wird das {\LaTeX}-Paket {\textsf{PSfrag}} > vorgestellt und an einem Beispiel gezeigt, wie damit Textbestandteile von > \texttt{eps-}Grafiken nachtr{\"a}glich ver{\"a}ndert werden k{\"o}nnen.}, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#fundus#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.3:niepraschk:zaehler, > author = {Rolf Niepraschk}, > title = {{Z}{\"a}hler nicht zur{\"u}cksetzen, {H}eft 2/97}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1997}, > volume = {3/97}, > pages = {44}, > month = oct, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, > keywords = {\verb|removefr|, \verb|remreset|, Z{\"a}hler}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk93.3:nitschke:markieren, > author = {Dirk Nitschke}, > title = {Markieren von {F}ormeln}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1993}, > volume = {3/93}, > pages = {40--42}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {5}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Formelsatz}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk01.3:nowacki:poligraf, > author = {Janusz Marian Nowacki}, > title = {"`Poligraf"' oder "`Zwischen {\TeX}\ und der Druckerei"' -- der zweite Versuch}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2001}, > volume = {3/01}, > pages = {46--52}, > month = sep, > abstract = { W{\"a}hrend der IV. Konferenz "`Bacho{\TeX}\,'96"' der polnischen {\TeX}-Benutzergruppe habe > ich zum ersten Mal das Makro-Paket \textsc{Poligraf} vorgestellt. > Jetzt m{\"o}chte ich eine neue Version ver{\"o}ffentlichen, in die > R{\"u}ckmeldungen und Verbesserungsvorschl{\"a}ge eingeflossen sind. }, > altnumber = {13}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk96.2:nuechter:beschleunigung, > author = {Peter N{\"u}chter}, > title = {Beschleunigung eines {\LaTeX}-{D}urchlaufs}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1996}, > volume = {2/96}, > pages = {64--66}, > month = aug, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {8}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {Formatdatei, \verb|initex|, \verb|virtex|}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk98.1:oberdiek:leserbrief, > author = {Heiko Oberdiek}, > title = {Zum {L}eserbrief {"`O}rale {S}pielereien mit {\TeX}"', {H}eft 4/97}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {1/98}, > pages = {56}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {10}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, > keywords = {Leserbrief}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk01.4:obermiller:latex2e, > author = {Walter Obermiller}, > title = {"`{\LaTeXe} -- Tipps \& Tricks"' von Ingo Kl{\"o}ckl}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2001}, > volume = {4/01}, > month = nov, > altnumber = {13}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#rezension#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk90.3:partl:notizen, > author = {Hubert Partl}, > title = {Notizen zu {L}ayout und {\LaTeX}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1990}, > volume = {3/90}, > pages = {22--26}, > month = nov, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk03.2:partosch:beschluesse, > author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch}, > title = {Beschl{\"u}sse der 28.~Mitgliederversammlung von DANTE~e.V. am 3.~April 2003 in Bremen}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2003}, > volume = {2/03}, > pages = {8--11}, > month = may, > altnumber = {15}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk03.2:partosch:tex, > author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch}, > title = {Der {\TeX} nische Beraterkreis}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2003}, > volume = {2/03}, > pages = {15--17}, > month = may, > altnumber = {15}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk03.2:partosch:vereinsinterne, > author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch}, > title = {Vereinsinterne Kommunikation per E-Mail}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2003}, > volume = {2/03}, > pages = {17--20}, > month = may, > altnumber = {15}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk03.4:partosch:protokoll, > author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch}, > title = {Protokoll der 29.~Mitgliederversammlung von \dante{} am 9.~September 2003 in Rauischholzhausen}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2003}, > volume = {4/03}, > pages = {5--12}, > month = nov, > altnumber = {15}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk02.2:partosch:beschluesse, > author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch}, > title = {Beschl{\"u}sse der 26.~Mitgliederversammlung von DANTE~e.V. am 23.~Februar 2002 in Erlangen}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2002}, > volume = {2/02}, > pages = {7--10}, > month = jun, > altnumber = {14}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk02.2:partosch:vereinsinterne, > author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch}, > title = {Vereinsinterne Kommunikation per E-Mail}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2002}, > volume = {2/02}, > pages = {18--20}, > month = jun, > altnumber = {14}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk02.4:partosch:beschluesse, > author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch}, > title = {Beschl{\"u}sse der 27.~Mitgliederversammlung von {\dante} am 5.~Oktober 2002 in Augsburg}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2002}, > volume = {4/02}, > pages = {6--9}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {14}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk01.1:partosch:protokoll, > author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch}, > title = {Protokoll der 24.~Mitgliederversammlung von DANTE~e.V. am 3.~M{\"a}rz 2001 in Rosenheim}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2001}, > volume = {1/01}, > pages = {6--15}, > month = apr, > altnumber = {13}, > altvolume = {1}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk01.1:partosch:vereinsinterne, > author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch}, > title = {Vereinsinterne Kommunikation per E-Mail}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2001}, > volume = {1/01}, > pages = {27--29}, > month = apr, > altnumber = {13}, > altvolume = {1}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk01.4:partosch:protokoll, > author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch}, > title = {Protokoll der 28.~Mitgliederversammlung von DANTE~e.V. am 28.~September 2001 in Kerkrade}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2001}, > volume = {4/01}, > month = nov, > altnumber = {13}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk00.1:partosch:beraterkreis, > author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch}, > title = {Beraterkreis, ein Res{\"u}mee}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2000}, > volume = {1/00}, > pages = {26--27}, > month = may, > altnumber = {12}, > altvolume = {1}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk00.1:partosch:beschluesse, > author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch}, > title = {Beschl{\"u}sse der 22.~Mitgliederversammlung von {\dante{}} am 11.~M{\"a}rz 2000 in Clausthal-Zellerfeld}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2000}, > volume = {1/00}, > pages = {6--10}, > month = may, > altnumber = {12}, > altvolume = {1}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk00.1:partosch:vereinsinterne, > author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch}, > title = {Vereinsinterne Kommunikation per E-Mail}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2000}, > volume = {1/00}, > pages = {24--26}, > month = may, > altnumber = {12}, > altvolume = {1}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk00.4:partosch:protokoll, > author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch}, > title = {Protokoll der 23.~Mitgliederversammlung von {DANTE~e.V.} am 7.~Oktober 2000 in Hagen}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2000}, > volume = {4/00}, > pages = {6--10}, > month = nov, > altnumber = {12}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk99.2:partosch:protokoll, > author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch}, > title = {Protokoll der 20.~Mitgliederversammlung}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1999}, > volume = {2/99}, > pages = {5--16}, > month = may, > altnumber = {11}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk99.4:partosch:beraterkreis, > author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch}, > title = {Beraterkreis, ein vorl{\"a}ufiges und vorsichtiges Res{\"u}mee}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1999}, > volume = {4/99}, > pages = {11--12}, > month = nov, > altnumber = {11}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk99.4:partosch:beschluesse, > author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch}, > title = {Beschl{\"u}sse der 21.~Mitgliederversammlung von DANTE~e.V. am 19.~September 1999 in Heidelberg}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1999}, > volume = {4/99}, > pages = {5--11}, > month = nov, > altnumber = {11}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk98.4:partosch:protokoll, > author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch}, > title = {Protokoll der 19.\ {M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE e.\,V.}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {4/98}, > pages = {5--18}, > month = dec, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:pauli:wissenschaftliche, > author = {Guido F. Pauli}, > title = {Wissenschaftliche {P}ublikationen und {\TeX}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1992}, > volume = {1/92}, > pages = {55}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, > keywords = {Leserbrief}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.4:pfeiffer:winword, > author = {Horst Pfeiffer}, > title = {Win{W}ord versus {\LaTeX}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {4/94}, > pages = {31--34}, > month = feb, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, > keywords = {Leserbrief, WinWord}, >} > >@BOOK{bib:pfennig, > title = {Thermodynamik der Gemische}, > publisher = {Springer}, > year = {2003}, > author = {Andreas Pfennig}, > address = {Berlin}, > month = sep, > isbn = {3-540-02776-9}, > owner = {Christian Faulhammer}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk90.3:pirnay:hilfsprogramme, > author = {Jens Pirnay}, > title = {Hilfsprogramme f{\"u}r {\TeX}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1990}, > volume = {3/90}, > pages = {30--33}, > month = nov, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk90.4:pirnay:ueberblick, > author = {Jens Pirnay}, > title = {{{\"U}}berblick {\"u}ber die {M}{\"o}glichkeiten von {\TeX}draw f{\"u}r den {A}tari}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1990}, > volume = {4/90}, > pages = {22--23}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {\TeX{}draw, Atari}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:porto:weiterhin, > author = {Markus Porto}, > title = {Weiterhin guten {A}ppetit!}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1995}, > volume = {1/95}, > pages = {31--32}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {7}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.2:porto:tex-service, > author = {Markus Porto}, > title = {{\TeX}-{S}ervice des {HRZ} der {U}niversit{\"a}t {G}ie{\ss}en}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {2/94}, > pages = {43--46}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {Online-Hilfe, WWW}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:post:erstes, > author = {Christa Post}, > title = {{"`E}rstes {A}rbeiten mit {\TeX"`} von {A}rnulf {L}iebing}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {4/97}, > pages = {43--44}, > month = feb, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#rezension#}, > keywords = {Rezension}, > reference = {Arnulf Liebing: \emph{Erstes Arbeiten mit \TeX}\\ > Prentice Hall, 1996;\\ ISBN 3-8272-9521-1\\ 192 Seiten, 39,95~DM}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk98.1:post:protokoll, > author = {Christa Post}, > title = {Protokoll der 18.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.V.}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {1/98}, > pages = {8--28}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {10}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@BOOK{bib:gelehrten, > title = {Die Gelehrten der Scheibenwelt}, > publisher = {Heyne}, > year = {2000}, > author = {Terry Pratchett and Ian Stewart and Jack Cohen}, > month = aug, > isbn = {3-453-17330-9}, > owner = {Christian Faulhammer}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:preisendanz:bericht, > author = {Christa Preisendanz}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {V}erlag und {B}uchhandel}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1996}, > volume = {3/96}, > pages = {63--64}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {8}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {Verlag, Buchhandel}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk03.3:preusse:latexfuer, > author = {Hilmar Preu{\ss}e}, > title = {"`{\LaTeX}\ f{\"u}r Dummies"' Christian Baun}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2003}, > volume = {3/03}, > pages = {59--63}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {15}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#rezension#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk99.2:project:mehr, > author = {{\TeX} Merchandising Project}, > title = {Mehr vom {\TeX}-L{\"o}wen}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1999}, > volume = {2/99}, > pages = {50--51}, > month = may, > altnumber = {11}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#fremdebuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:praesidium:schriftliche, > author = {Pr{\"a}sidium}, > title = {{S}chriftliche {A}ntwort auf den {"`O}ffenen {B}rief{"'}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {4/97}, > pages = {56--60}, > month = feb, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk01.4:raichle:llllllletzte, > author = {Bernd Raichle}, > title = {Der llllllletzte {\TeX}-Fehler?}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2001}, > volume = {4/01}, > month = nov, > abstract = { Karel Skoup\'y, der Implementierer von \NTS, > fand am 13.~Oktober 2000 den bislang letzten Fehler im Quellcode von > {\TeX}. Er verglich DVI-Dateien, die {\TeX} und das von ihm in Java > implementierte \NTS\ erzeugt hatten, und wunderte sich, dass ein > kleiner Unterschied auftrat: In der von \NTS\ erzeugten DVI-Datei war > genau ein Zeichen zuviel, ein kleiner Punkt. Dieser zus{\"a}tzliche > Punkt stellte sich bei der anschlie{\ss}enden Untersuchung nicht > als Fehler von \NTS, sondern als Fehler im Quellcode von {\TeX}, > der die Anweisung \CMD{xleaders} realisiert, heraus. Er wurde an > Donald E.\ Knuth gemeldet. Da Knuth nur in gr{\"o}{\ss}eren zeitlichen > Abst{\"a}nden Fehlermeldungen bearbeitet, steht eine Antwort noch aus. }, > altnumber = {13}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk00.2:raichle:anlegen, > author = {Bernd Raichle}, > title = {Anlegen einer Liste der Definitionen}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2000}, > volume = {2/00}, > pages = {36--39}, > month = jul, > altnumber = {12}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk99.1:raichle:vertikal, > author = {Bernd Raichle}, > title = {Vertikal zentrierte {S}eiten}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1999}, > volume = {1/99}, > pages = {37--39}, > month = feb, > annote = {#schonimmer#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:raichle:abkuerzungspunkt, > author = {Bernd Raichle}, > title = {Abk{\"u}rzungspunkt am {S}atzende}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1997}, > volume = {1/97}, > pages = {45}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#schonimmer#}, > keywords = {\verb|xpoint.sty|, Macros, Satzzeichen}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:raichle:bericht, > author = {Bernd Raichle}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {$\varepsilon$-\TeX}, {\NTS} und {G}erman-{S}tyle}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1997}, > volume = {1/97}, > pages = {56--58}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {e-\TeX, german-Style, NTS}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.3:raichle:editorial, > author = {Bernd Raichle}, > title = {Editorial}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1997}, > volume = {3/97}, > pages = {3--4}, > month = oct, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#editorial#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.3:raichle:texikon, > author = {Bernd Raichle}, > title = {{D}as {\TeX}ikon, {H}eft 1/97: {A}ufl{\"o}sung}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1997}, > volume = {3/97}, > pages = {23--24}, > month = oct, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {\TeX{}ikon}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:raichle:bericht, > author = {Bernd Raichle}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {G}erman {S}tyle}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1996}, > volume = {1/96}, > pages = {45--46}, > month = jun, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {8}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {german-Style}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk96.2:raichle:orale, > author = {Bernd Raichle}, > title = {Orale {S}pielereien mit {\TeX} -- {T}eil {III} ({A}ddendum)}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1996}, > volume = {2/96}, > pages = {33--37}, > month = aug, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {8}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Makroverarbeitung, Makrodefinition, Makroprogrammierung, \verb|\relax|}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk96.2:raichle:roman, > author = {Bernd Raichle}, > title = {Roman statt {I}talic in mathematischen {F}ormeln}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1996}, > volume = {2/96}, > pages = {54--55}, > month = aug, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {8}, > annote = {#schonimmer#}, > keywords = {Fonts (math), Formelsatz, \verb|\mathrm|, Mathematik}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:raichle:bericht, > author = {Bernd Raichle}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {G}erman-{S}tyle}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1996}, > volume = {3/96}, > pages = {58--60}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {8}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {german-Style}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:raichle:bericht, > author = {Bernd Raichle}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {G}erman {S}tyle}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1995}, > volume = {1/95}, > pages = {36--37}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {7}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {german-Style}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk95.2:raichle:datumsangaben, > author = {Bernd Raichle}, > title = {Datumsangaben}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1995}, > volume = {2/95}, > pages = {36--37}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {7}, > annote = {#schonimmer#}, > keywords = {Datumsangaben}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk95.2:raichle:orale, > author = {Bernd Raichle}, > title = {Orale {S}pielereien mit {\TeX} -- {T}eil {II}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1995}, > volume = {2/95}, > pages = {20--30}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {7}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Makroverarbeitung, Makrodefinition, Makroprogrammierung, \verb|\relax|}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:raichle:bericht, > author = {Bernd Raichle}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {G}erman {S}tyle}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1995}, > volume = {3/95}, > pages = {37--39}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {7}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {german-Style}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:raichle:tex, > author = {Bernd Raichle}, > title = {{\TeX} {C}apacity exceeded \dots{} -- {T}eil {I}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1995}, > volume = {3/95}, > pages = {22--33}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {7}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {\TeX Capacity exceeded, Zwischenspeicher}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk95.4:raichle:kapitaelchen, > author = {Bernd Raichle}, > title = {Kapit{\"a}lchen in {{\"U}}berschriften}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1995}, > volume = {4/95}, > pages = {41--42}, > month = mar, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {7}, > annote = {#schonimmer#}, > keywords = {Kapit{\"a}lchen, Fonts}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk95.4:raichle:orale, > author = {Bernd Raichle}, > title = {Orale {S}pielereien mit {\TeX} -- {T}eil {III}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1995}, > volume = {4/95}, > pages = {15--29}, > month = mar, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {7}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Makroverarbeitung, Makrodefinition, Makroprogrammierung, \verb|\relax|}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.2:raichle:tex3, > author = {Bernd Raichle}, > title = {{\TeX3} von {V}ersion 3.0 bis 3.1415}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {2/94}, > pages = {14--26}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {\TeX-Entwicklung}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:raichle:bericht, > author = {Bernd Raichle}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {G}erman Style}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {3/94}, > pages = {39--40}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {german-Style}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.4:raichle:orale, > author = {Bernd Raichle}, > title = {Orale {S}pielereien mit {\TeX} -- {T}eil {I}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {4/94}, > pages = {16--23}, > month = feb, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Makroverarbeitung, Makrodefinition, Makroprogrammierung, Schleifen}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:raichle:umlaute, > author = {Bernd Raichle}, > title = {Umlaute im {\BibTeX}-{S}tylebefehl \textsc{macro}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1992}, > volume = {3/92}, > pages = {25--27}, > month = nov, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Umlaute, BibTeX}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:redaktionsteam:latex-raetsel, > author = {Redaktionsteam}, > title = {{\LaTeXTeX}-{R}{\"a}tsel: {D}ie {A}uf{\/}l{\"o}sung}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1996}, > volume = {3/96}, > pages = {64--68}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {8}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {Kreuzwortr{\"a}tsel}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk98.4:reichert:einheit-liches, > author = {Axel Reichert}, > title = {Einheit-liches}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {4/98}, > pages = {25--28}, > month = dec, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk00.3:reincke:digital, > author = {Torsten Reincke}, > title = {\glqq Digital Typography\grqq\ von Donald E. Knuth}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2000}, > volume = {3/00}, > pages = {55-57}, > month = sep, > abstract = {Dieses Buch von Donald Knuth ist > eine reichhaltige Textsammlung von Artikeln und Reden, die Knuth im > Laufe der Geschichte von {\TeX}\ und \MF\ verfasst hat. Nur drei > Kapitel sind neu, die anderen sind Nachdrucke aus verschiedensten > Zeitschriften. In Knuths unvergleichlicher Art erf{\"a}hrt der Leser viel > Interessantes, aber auch Kurioses zur digitalen Typographie seit 1977. }, > altnumber = {12}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#rezension#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk99.2:reincke:typographie, > author = {Torsten Reincke}, > title = {"` Typographie -- wann wer wie"' von Friedrich Friedl, Nicolaus Ott und Bernard Stein}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1999}, > volume = {2/99}, > pages = {47--49}, > month = may, > abstract = {Wer sich f{\"u}r Typographie > und insbesondere das Schaffen von Typographen, Schriftschneidern, > Grafik-Designern und anderen K{\"u}nstlern interessiert, findet in > diesem Nachschlagewerk eine reichhaltige Auswahl des Schriftschaffens > mit {\"u}ber 2000 Abbildungen. Von der Titelseite bis zum Logo und > Plakat ist dieses Buch ein Abbild typographischer Kultur durch die > Jahrhunderte bis in unsere Zeit und wird mit einem Geschichtsteil > und einem kurzen Abschnitt zu den Schriftwerkzeugen abgerundet. }, > altnumber = {11}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#rezension#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:riedel:belichter, > author = {Wolfgang Riedel}, > title = {Belichter gesucht}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1992}, > volume = {3/92}, > pages = {44}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, > keywords = {Leserbrief}, >} > >@BOOK{bib:riessinger, > title = {Mathematik für Ingenieure.}, > publisher = {Springer}, > year = {2001}, > author = {Thomas Rießinger}, > address = {Berlin}, > edition = {2}, > month = jul, > isbn = {3-540-41971-3}, > owner = {Christian Faulhammer}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:ringhandt:a4, > author = {Andreas Ringhandt}, > title = {Von {A}4 zu {A}5}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {3/94}, > pages = {46--47}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, > keywords = {Leserbrief, A4, A5}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk03.2:schaa:lizenzabkommen, > author = {Volker RW Schaa}, > title = {Lizenzabkommen f{\"u}r \WinEdt}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2003}, > volume = {2/03}, > pages = {20--21}, > month = may, > altnumber = {15}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk03.2:schaa:projektfonds, > author = {Volker RW Schaa}, > title = {Projektfonds}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2003}, > volume = {2/03}, > pages = {14--15}, > month = may, > altnumber = {15}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk03.4:schaa:danksagung, > author = {Volker RW Schaa}, > title = {Danksagung}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2003}, > volume = {4/03}, > pages = {29--30}, > month = nov, > altnumber = {15}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk02.1:schaa:grusswort, > author = {Volker RW Schaa}, > title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2002}, > volume = {1/02}, > month = mar, > altnumber = {14}, > altvolume = {1}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk02.2:schaa:lizenzabkommen, > author = {Volker RW Schaa}, > title = {Lizenzabkommen f{\"u}r \WinEdt{}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2002}, > volume = {2/02}, > pages = {20--21}, > month = jun, > altnumber = {14}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk01.1:schaa:buchbestand, > author = {Volker RW Schaa}, > title = {Buchbestand bei \dante}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2001}, > volume = {1/01}, > pages = {30--31}, > month = apr, > altnumber = {13}, > altvolume = {1}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk01.1:schaa:winedt, > author = {Volker RW Schaa}, > title = {{\textsf{WinEdt}} -- Zum Stand der Dinge}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2001}, > volume = {1/01}, > pages = {29--30}, > month = apr, > altnumber = {13}, > altvolume = {1}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk00.1:schaa:altlasten, > author = {Volker RW Schaa}, > title = {Altlasten -- Floppies und CD-ROMs}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2000}, > volume = {1/00}, > pages = {29--30}, > month = may, > altnumber = {12}, > altvolume = {1}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk00.1:schaa:lizenzabkommen, > author = {Volker RW Schaa}, > title = {Lizenzabkommen}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2000}, > volume = {1/00}, > pages = {27--29}, > month = may, > altnumber = {12}, > altvolume = {1}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk99.1:schaa:ergaenzung, > author = {Volker RW Schaa}, > title = {Erg{\"a}nzung zum {L}izenzabkommen f{\"u}r {WinEdt\(^\mathrm{TM}\)}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1999}, > volume = {1/99}, > pages = {5--6}, > month = feb, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk99.3:schaa:4alltex-cd-rom, > author = {Volker RW Schaa}, > title = {4all{\TeX}-CD-ROM bei \dante}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1999}, > volume = {3/99}, > pages = {5}, > month = aug, > altnumber = {11}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk99.4:schaa:altlasten, > author = {Volker RW Schaa}, > title = {Altlasten -- Disketten und CD-ROMs}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1999}, > volume = {4/99}, > pages = {19--20}, > month = nov, > altnumber = {11}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk99.4:schaa:lizenzabkommen, > author = {Volker RW Schaa}, > title = {Lizenzabkommen f{\"u}r {WinEdt}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1999}, > volume = {4/99}, > pages = {18--19}, > month = nov, > altnumber = {11}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, > keywords = {WinEdt}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk98.4:schaa:lizenzabkommen, > author = {Volker RW Schaa}, > title = {Lizenzabkommen f{\"u}r {WinEdt$^\mathrm{TM}$}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {4/98}, > pages = {20--21}, > month = dec, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:schaa:bericht, > author = {Volker RW Schaa}, > title = {Bericht von der 17.~{T}agung der {TUG} -- {(Cyr)TUG} 96 in {D}ubna}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1996}, > volume = {3/96}, > pages = {26--30}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {8}, > annote = {#theatertage#}, > keywords = {Tagungsbericht}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk03.1:schaa.hoeppner:grusswort, > author = {Volker RW Schaa and Klaus H{\"o}ppner}, > title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2003}, > volume = {1/03}, > pages = {5--7}, > month = feb, > altnumber = {15}, > altvolume = {1}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk03.2:schaa.hoeppner:grusswort, > author = {Volker RW Schaa and Klaus H{\"o}ppner}, > title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2003}, > volume = {2/03}, > pages = {5--7}, > month = may, > altnumber = {15}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk03.3:schaa.hoeppner:grusswort, > author = {Volker RW Schaa and Klaus H{\"o}ppner}, > title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2003}, > volume = {3/03}, > pages = {4--7}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {15}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk03.4:schaa.hoeppner:grusswort, > author = {Volker RW Schaa and Klaus H{\"o}ppner}, > title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2003}, > volume = {4/03}, > pages = {4--5}, > month = nov, > altnumber = {15}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk02.2:schaa.hoeppner:grusswort, > author = {Volker RW Schaa and Klaus H{\"o}ppner}, > title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2002}, > volume = {2/02}, > pages = {5--6}, > month = jun, > altnumber = {14}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk02.3:schaa.hoeppner:grusswort, > author = {Volker RW Schaa and Klaus H{\"o}ppner}, > title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2002}, > volume = {3/02}, > pages = {4}, > month = oct, > altnumber = {14}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk03.1:schaa.weibezahn:einladung, > author = {Volker RW Schaa and Roland Weibezahn}, > title = {Einladung zur {\TeX}-Tagung {DANTE\,2003} und 28.~Mitgliederversammlung von {\dante}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2003}, > volume = {1/03}, > pages = {7--8}, > month = feb, > altnumber = {15}, > altvolume = {1}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk02.2:schaa.wilhelms:einladung, > author = {Volker RW Schaa and Gerhard Wilhelms}, > title = {Einladung zur Herbsttagung und 27.~Mitgliederversammlung von \dante}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2002}, > volume = {2/02}, > pages = {25--26}, > month = jun, > altnumber = {14}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:schalueck:night, > author = {Elmar Schal{\"u}ck}, > title = {A {N}ight at the {O}pera -- {Z}wei {K}onzertberichte}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1991}, > volume = {4/91}, > pages = {23--26}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Mu\TeX, Music\TeX, Musiknotensatz}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.2:schank:tex, > author = {Michael Schank}, > title = {{\TeX} und {OS/2} 2.x}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {2/94}, > pages = {39--42}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {OS/2, Emacs, Auc\TeX}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.4:schank:texit, > author = {Michael Schank}, > title = {{\TeX}{IT}! for {OS}/2}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {4/94}, > pages = {34--35}, > month = feb, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, > keywords = {Leserbrief, OS/2, em\TeX}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk93.4:schank:tex, > author = {Michael Schank}, > title = {{\TeX} und {OS}/22.x}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1993}, > volume = {4/93}, > pages = {39--40}, > month = apr, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {5}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {OS/2, em\TeX}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.1:scherer:graphiken, > author = {Andreas Scherer}, > title = {Graphiken mit \textsc{GnuPlot} und {\MF} -- {K}orrektur}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {1/94}, > pages = {29--33}, > month = jul, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {\textsc{GnuPlot}, Metafont, Graphik}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk93.3:scherer:promillezeichen, > author = {Andreas Scherer}, > title = {Das {P}romillezeichen als {\TeX}-{M}akro \dots}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1993}, > volume = {3/93}, > pages = {42--45}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {5}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Promillezeichen, Metafont}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk93.4:scherer:graphiken, > author = {Andreas Scherer}, > title = {Graphiken mit {G}nu{PLOT} und {\MF}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1993}, > volume = {4/93}, > pages = {26--30}, > month = apr, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {5}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {\textsc{GnuPlot}, Metafont, Graphik}, >} > >@BOOK{bib:motion, > title = {Motion Mountain -- A hike through and beyond space and time following the concepts of modern physics}, > year = {2005}, > author = {Christoph Schiller}, > edition = {17}, > month = jan, > abstract = {How does one empty a bottle as > rapidly as possible? What are the highest force and power in nature? > How does one connect water pipes to a turning wheel? What are the > dangers of a can of beans? What is the one single page of unsolved > problems in fundamental physics? This physics textbook with over 1000 > pages on the undergraduate level, is written to be entertaining, > surprising and challenging on every page. After presenting classical > mechanics it provides an introduction to thermodynamics, special > relativity, general relativity, electrodynamics and quantum theory. Each of > these topics is summarized by an inequality: the minimum entropy, > the maximum speed, the maximum force, the minimum change of charge > and the minimum action. Each inequality implies the central results > of the respective field. Finally, the present unification attempts > are presented in light of these limits. For each field of physics, > the text contains the latest research results, the best physical > quizzes and the most telling physical curiosities. Over 630 solved > challenges and 450 figures, photographs and tables are included.}, > owner = {Christian Faulhammer}, > url = {http://www.motionmountain.net/}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk96.4:schlechte:theoremverzeichnisse, > author = {Andreas Schlechte}, > title = {Theoremverzeichnisse automatisch erstellen}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1997}, > volume = {4/96}, > pages = {9--16}, > month = feb, > abstract = {In diesem Artikel m{\"o}chte > ich ein erweitertes Theorem-Paket vorstellen, das dem Anwender die > M{\"o}glichkeit gibt, leicht und flexibel Theoremverzeichnisse zu erstellen. > Zus{\"a}tzlich werden weitere hilfreiche Funktionen vorgestellt.}, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {8}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Theoremverzeichnis, Verzeichnis}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:schlechte:texikon, > author = {Andreas Schlechte}, > title = {Das {\TeX}ikon -- {R}eferenzhandbuch f{\"u}r {\TeX} und {\LaTeX}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1997}, > volume = {1/97}, > pages = {66--68}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#rezension#}, > keywords = {Rezension, Nachschlagewerk}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.3:schlechte:raechtschraibrehform, > author = {Andreas Schlechte}, > title = {{D}ie neue {R}{\"a}chtschraibrehform}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1997}, > volume = {3/97}, > pages = {15--22}, > month = oct, > abstract = {Zur Zeit vergeht kaum ein Monat, in dem nicht wieder eine neue Diskussion zur neuen > Rechtschreibreform aufgeworfen wird. Viele Menschen werden durch {\"u}berzogene > Beispiele und Gegendarstellungen verunsichert. In diesem Artikel > werde ich die wesentlichen {\"A}nderungen aufzeigen, eine -- mit > meiner pers{\"o}nlichen Meinung unterlegte -- Bewertung versuchen > und ein wenig auf die Umstellung f{\"u}r \TeX-Anwender eingehen.}, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {Rechtschreibreform, Silbentrennung, german-Paket}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:schlechte:-, > author = {Andreas Schlechte}, > title = {{\MakeIndex} -- {D}em {F}ehler auf der {S}pur}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1996}, > volume = {3/96}, > pages = {31--35}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {8}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {{\MakeIndex}, Fehlerbericht, Index}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk93.3:schleicher:kompatible, > author = {Ralph Schleicher}, > title = {Kompatible {\TeX}-{M}akros f{\"u}r erweiterte {Z}eichens{\"a}tze}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1993}, > volume = {3/93}, > pages = {34--39}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {5}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Schriften, Fonts, Makroprogrammierung, Makrodefinition}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:schmidt:metafont-spielereien, > author = {Jens Schmidt}, > title = {{\MF}-{S}pielereien}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1992}, > volume = {1/92}, > pages = {46--48}, > month = may, > note = {Beschreibung eines ausgefallenen, {\glqq}schwimmenden{\grqq} Fonts.}, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Metafont, cmnerv, Fonts, Schriften}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk90.3:schmidt:tagungsbericht, > author = {Jens Schmidt}, > title = {Tagungsbericht von der {\TeX}90 in {C}ork}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1990}, > volume = {3/90}, > pages = {9--11}, > month = nov, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#theatertage#}, > keywords = {Tagungsbericht, Cork}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk00.2:schmidt:original, > author = {Walter Schmidt}, > title = {Original oder F{\"a}lschung?}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2000}, > volume = {2/00}, > pages = {60--62}, > month = jul, > abstract = {In Verbindung mit dem freien \PS-Interpreter Ghostscript wird > eine fehlerhafte Version der Schrift Helvetica verteilt. Der Aufsatz > beschreibt, wie man diese durch die originale Adobe-Helvetica ersetzt, und > wie letztere, v{\"o}llig legal, kostenlos beschafft werden kann. }, > altnumber = {12}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#fremdebuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk99.2:schmidt:euro-symbol, > author = {Walter Schmidt}, > title = {Das Euro-Symbol f{\"u}r {\LaTeX}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1999}, > volume = {2/99}, > pages = {25--30}, > month = may, > abstract = {F{\"u}r die W{\"a}hrungseinheit Euro wurde ein eigenes Symbol definiert. Der > Aufsatz beschreibt verschiedene Zeichens{\"a}tze und Makropakete, die > Euro-Zeichen f{\"u}r die Verwendung mit {\LaTeX} bereitstellen. }, > altnumber = {11}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk98.2:schmidt:tex, > author = {Walter Schmidt}, > title = {{\TeX} und die neue deutsche {R}echtschreibung}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {2/98}, > pages = {35--37}, > month = sep, > abstract = {Die neuen Schreibregeln f{\"u}r die deutsche Sprache machen {\"A}nderungen an > Silbentrennmustern und an Makropaketen erforderlich. In Zukunft mu{\ss} sowohl > die traditionelle als auch die neue Rechtschreibung unterst{\"u}tzt > werden, Dieser Aufsatz beschreibt die entsprechenden Neuerungen.}, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {10}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Rechtschreibung, Silbentrennung, german-Style}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:schmidt:tex-umgebung, > author = {Walter Schmidt}, > title = {Eine {\TeX}-{U}mgebung f{\"u}r {OS/2}, {H}eft 4/96}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1997}, > volume = {1/97}, > pages = {64}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, > keywords = {Leserbrief, OS/2, EPM\TeX}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.2:schmidt:absaetze, > author = {Walter Schmidt}, > title = {Abs{\"a}tze -- einmal anders}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1997}, > volume = {2/97}, > pages = {19--22}, > month = jul, > abstract = {Kennzeichnet man den Beginn eines Absatzes weder mit > einem Einzug noch mit zus{\"a}tzlichen Durchschu{\ss}, dann ist er > nicht mehr erkennbar, wenn der vorausgehende Absatz gerade mit einer > vollen Zeile endet. Es wird beschrieben, wie {\TeX} dieses Problem > selbst{\"a}ndig beheben kann und worauf man dabei zu achten hat.}, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Absatzformen}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.3:schmidt:antwort, > author = {Walter Schmidt}, > title = {{A}ntwort auf den {L}eserbrief von {H}enning {B}{\"o}ke}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1997}, > volume = {3/97}, > pages = {40}, > month = oct, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.3:schmidt:tex-kompatible, > author = {Walter Schmidt}, > title = {{\TeX}-kompatible {R}echtschreibpr{\"u}fung f{\"u}r den {E}ditor {EPM} unter {OS/2} {W}arp}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1997}, > volume = {3/97}, > pages = {11--13}, > month = oct, > abstract = {Der sogenannte \glqq erweiterte Editor\grqq{} des Betriebssystems > OS/2 l{\"a}{\ss}t sich als komfortable Umgebung f{\"u}r \TeX{} und > \LaTeX{} einrichten. Der Artikel beschreibt, wie man ihn um eine > \TeX-kompatible Rechtschreibpr{\"u}fung erg{\"a}nzt, die sowohl Deutsch > als auch Englisch und zahlreiche weitere Sprachen unterst{\"u}tzt.}, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {EPM, OS/2, Rechtschreibpr{\"u}fung}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.2:schmidt:latex, > author = {Walter Schmidt}, > title = {{\LaTeX} f{\"u}r {T}echniker}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {2/94}, > pages = {32--36}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Formelsatz}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.2:schmidt:umsteigen, > author = {Walter Schmidt}, > title = {Umsteigen auf {\LaTeXe}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {2/94}, > pages = {26--31}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {\LaTeXe-Installation, \LaTeX~2.09}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.4:schmidt:computer, > author = {Walter Schmidt}, > title = {Computer {M}odern {B}right}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {4/94}, > pages = {11--16}, > month = feb, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Schriften, Fonts, Computer Modern Bright, }, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk99.3:schmitt:interlinear-versionen, > author = {Peter Schmitt}, > title = {Interlinear-Versionen: ein Vorschlag}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1999}, > volume = {3/99}, > pages = {34--41}, > month = aug, > altnumber = {11}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:schmitt:dezimalkomma, > author = {Peter Schmitt}, > title = {{"`D}ezimalkomma beim {\TeX}satz in deutsch{"'}, {H}eft 1/94}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {4/97}, > pages = {50}, > month = feb, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, > keywords = {Leserbrief, Dezimalkomma, Formelsatz, Komma in Zahlen, Mathematik}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:schmitt:orale, > author = {Peter Schmitt}, > title = {{"`O}rale {S}pielereien mit {\TeX} {--} {T}eil {III} ({A}ddendum){"'}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {4/97}, > pages = {50--53}, > month = feb, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, > keywords = {Leserbrief, Makroverarbeitung, Makrodefinition, Makroprogrammierung, \verb|\relax|}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk98.2:schmitt:tex-raetsel, > author = {Peter Schmitt}, > title = {Ein {\TeX}-{R}{\"a}tsel}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {2/98}, > pages = {46--48}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {10}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {R{\"a}tsel, Klammern}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk91.2:schmitt:bemerkungen, > author = {Peter Schmitt}, > title = {Einige {B}emerkungen zu den {DC}-{F}onts}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1991}, > volume = {2/91}, > pages = {35--37}, > month = aug, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, > keywords = {Leserbrief, Fonts (DC), DC-Fonts, Schriften}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:schoppmann:bericht, > author = {Harald Schoppmann}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {M}ailbox von {DANTE} e.V.}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1997}, > volume = {1/97}, > pages = {59--61}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {Mailbox}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:schoppmann:bericht, > author = {Harald Schoppmann}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {M}ailbox von {DANTE} e.{V}.}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1996}, > volume = {3/96}, > pages = {60--61}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {8}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {Mailbox}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.4:schoppmann:tex, > author = {Harald Schoppmann}, > title = {{\TeX} f{\"u}r {H}eimwerker}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {4/94}, > pages = {37--39}, > month = feb, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#rezension#}, > keywords = {Rezension}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.2:schrell:stammtisch, > author = {Andreas Schrell}, > title = {Der {S}tammtisch in {W}uppertal}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {2/94}, > pages = {8--10}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:schrod:bericht, > author = {Joachim Schrod}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- dvi-{T}reiberentwicklung und {SGML}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1995}, > volume = {1/95}, > pages = {38--41}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {7}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {Treiber, SGML}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:schrod:bericht, > author = {Joachim Schrod}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {T}reiberentwicklung und {SGML}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1995}, > volume = {3/95}, > pages = {41--42}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {7}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:schrod:tds, > author = {Joachim Schrod}, > title = {{TDS} -- {D}ie vorgeschlagene {\TeX} {D}irectory {S}tructure}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1995}, > volume = {3/95}, > pages = {44--47}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {7}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {TDS, Verzeichnisstruktur, Standard}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:schrod:bericht, > author = {Joachim Schrod}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {T}reiber}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {3/94}, > pages = {42--44}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {Treiber}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk90.2:schrod:komponenten, > author = {Joachim Schrod}, > title = {Die {K}omponenten von {\TeX}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1990}, > volume = {2/90}, > pages = {21--29}, > month = aug, > abstract = {{\TeX} ben{\"o}tigt eine gro{\ss}e Anzahl an Hilfskomponenten (Dateien und > Programme), deren Bedeutung und gegenseitige Beziehung oft nicht bekannt > ist. F{\"u}r das Kernsystem {\TeX} werden die Komponenten und ihre > Beziehungen, die f{\"u}r den {\TeX}-Benutzer sichtbar sind, erl{\"a}utert.}, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {\TeX-Komponenten}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk90.2:schrod:site-koordinator, > author = {Joachim Schrod}, > title = {Site-{K}oordinator f{\"u}r {T}reiber -- {W}as ist das?}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1990}, > volume = {2/90}, > pages = {30--32}, > month = aug, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk90.2:schrod:status, > author = {Joachim Schrod}, > title = {Zum {S}tatus verteilter {S}oftware}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1990}, > volume = {2/90}, > pages = {32--34}, > month = aug, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Shareware, Public Domain, Freeware}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk90.4:schrod:bemerkungen, > author = {Joachim Schrod}, > title = {Bemerkungen zur deutschsprachigen {V}ersion des {\BibTeX}-\texttt{alpha}-{S}tiles}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1990}, > volume = {4/90}, > pages = {14--16}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {BibTeX}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:schroeder:tex, > author = {Martin Schr{\"o}der}, > title = {{\TeX} {M}erchandising---{A}n {A}nnouncement}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {4/97}, > pages = {48--49}, > month = feb, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#fremdebuehne#}, > keywords = {Merchandising}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk98.4:schroeder:latex, > author = {Martin Schr{\"o}der}, > title = {"`{\LaTeX}: kurz \& gut"' von {M}atthias {K}alle {D}alheimer}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {4/98}, > pages = {37--39}, > month = dec, > annote = {#rezension#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk98.4:schroeder:tex-loewe, > author = {Martin Schr{\"o}der}, > title = {Der {\TeX}-{L}{\"o}we zum {A}nfassen}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {4/98}, > pages = {50--51}, > month = dec, > annote = {#fremdebuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:schroeder:dante97, > author = {Martin Schr{\"o}der}, > title = {{DANTE}'97 in {M}{\"u}nchen}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1997}, > volume = {1/97}, > pages = {21--24}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#theatertage#}, > keywords = {Tagungsbericht}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:schroeder:texies, > author = {Martin Schr{\"o}der}, > title = {{\TeX}ies, fahrt nach {H}eidelberg}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1996}, > volume = {1/96}, > pages = {56--57}, > month = jun, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {8}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.1:schroeder:mehr, > author = {Martin Schr{\"o}der}, > title = {Mehr {P}romillezeichen}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {1/94}, > pages = {54}, > month = jul, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, > keywords = {Leserbrief, Promillezeichen, wasy, Waldis Symbol Font, Fonts, Schriften}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:schroeder:gedanken, > author = {Martin Schr{\"o}der}, > title = {Gedanken zum {G}edankenstrich}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {3/94}, > pages = {53--55}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, > keywords = {Leserbrief, Gedankenstriche}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:schurr:documentstyle-familie, > author = {Oliver Schurr}, > title = {Die documentstyle-{F}amilie \texttt{SCRIPT}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1992}, > volume = {3/92}, > pages = {27--28}, > month = nov, > abstract = {Die documentsytle-Familie \texttt{SCRIPT} von Frank Neukam erm{\"o}glicht erstmals > eine deutliche Verbesserung des Layouts von Texten, die mit {\LaTeX} > gesetzt sind. Sie erlaubt u.\,a. eine sehr komfortable Einstellung des > Satzspiegels f{\"u}r die verschiedenen DIN-Formate und enth{\"a}lt > einen Briefstil, der in der {\TeX}-Gemeinde seines gleichen sucht.}, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {|SCRIPT|, Dokumentstyle}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk91.1:schurr:grafikeinbindung, > author = {Oliver Schurr}, > title = {Grafikeinbindung (!) in {\TeX} mit {HPTOMF} -- {E}in {E}rfahrungsbericht}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1991}, > volume = {1/91}, > pages = {23--24}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {HPTOMF, Grafik, Bilder}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:schwarz:bericht, > author = {Norbert Schwarz}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {NOS/VE} {\&} {\MF}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {3/94}, > pages = {36}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {NOS/VE, Metafont}, >} > >@BOOK{bib:python, > title = {Workshop Python}, > publisher = {Addison-Wesley}, > year = {2002}, > author = {Stefan Schwarzer}, > address = {München}, > month = may, > isbn = {3-8273-1880-7}, > owner = {Christian Faulhammer}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk98.2:schaeffler:auseinandersetzungen, > author = {Markus Sch{\"a}ffler}, > title = {Auseinandersetzungen beenden}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {2/98}, > pages = {59--60}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {10}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, > keywords = {Leserbrief}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk92.2:schaenzel:druckertreiber, > author = {Roland Sch{\"a}nzel}, > title = {Druckertreiber gesucht}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1992}, > volume = {2/92}, > pages = {50}, > month = aug, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, > keywords = {Leserbrief}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.3:schoebel:ich, > author = {Wolfgang Sch{\"o}bel}, > title = {{I}ch h{\"a}tt' da mal 'ne {F}rage}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1997}, > volume = {3/97}, > pages = {45--46}, > month = oct, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:schoepf:bericht, > author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {S}erver-{K}oordination}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {4/97}, > pages = {25}, > month = feb, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, > keywords = {Server}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk98.2:schoepf:antwort, > author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf}, > title = {Antwort auf den offenen {B}rief an das {CTAN}-{T}eam}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {2/98}, > pages = {60--63}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {10}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, > keywords = {Leserbrief}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk96.4:schoepf:seitenumbrueche, > author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf}, > title = {Seitenumbr{\"u}che in {L}isten}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1997}, > volume = {4/96}, > pages = {54--55}, > month = feb, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {8}, > annote = {#schonimmer#}, > keywords = {Seitenumbruch, Listen}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:schoepf:bericht, > author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {S}erver-{K}oordination}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1997}, > volume = {1/97}, > pages = {62}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {Server}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:schoepf:bericht, > author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {S}erver-{K}oordination}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1996}, > volume = {1/96}, > pages = {53}, > month = jun, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {8}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {Server}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:schoepf:bericht, > author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {S}erver-{K}oordination}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1996}, > volume = {3/96}, > pages = {62--63}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {8}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {Server}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:schoepf:bericht, > author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {S}erver-{K}oordination}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1995}, > volume = {1/95}, > pages = {38--39}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {7}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {Server}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.2:schoepf:buecher, > author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf}, > title = {Zwei neue {B}{\"u}cher}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {2/94}, > pages = {47--49}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#rezension#}, > keywords = {Rezension}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:schoepf:bericht, > author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {S}erver-{K}oordination}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {3/94}, > pages = {41}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {Server}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:schoepf:tex-raetsel, > author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf}, > title = {Drei {\TeX}-{R}{\"a}tsel -- die {A}ufl{\"o}sung}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1992}, > volume = {1/92}, > pages = {50}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#schonimmer#}, > keywords = {R{\"a}tsel}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk91.2:schoepf:softwareverteilung, > author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf}, > title = {Softwareverteilung durch elektronische {N}etze {I} -- {D}ie {\TeX}-{S}erver in {H}eidelberg und {S}tuttgart}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1991}, > volume = {2/91}, > pages = {26--32}, > month = aug, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk91.3:schoepf:tex-benutzer, > author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf}, > title = {{\TeX}-{B}enutzer -- {E}in {P}ortrait}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1991}, > volume = {3/91}, > pages = {41--43}, > month = oct, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {Humor, Satire}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:schoepf:tex-raetsel, > author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf}, > title = {Drei {\TeX}-{R}{\"a}tsel}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1991}, > volume = {4/91}, > pages = {46}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#schonimmer#}, > keywords = {R{\"a}tsel}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk98.1:schuetze:math, > author = {Torsten Sch{\"u}tze}, > title = {"`Math into \LaTeX"' von Georg Gr{\"a}tzer}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {1/98}, > pages = {51--53}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {10}, > annote = {#rezension#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk01.1:seitz:arbeitskreis, > author = {Peter Seitz}, > title = {Arbeitskreis {\"O}ffentlichkeitsarbeit}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2001}, > volume = {1/01}, > pages = {31--32}, > month = apr, > altnumber = {13}, > altvolume = {1}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk98.4:seitz:eindruecke, > author = {Peter Seitz}, > title = {Eindr{\"u}cke vom {H}erbst in {E}ichst{\"a}tt}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {4/98}, > pages = {22--24}, > month = dec, > annote = {#theatertage#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk03.3:siart:bayerischer, > author = {Uwe Siart}, > title = {1. Bayerischer {\TeX}-Stammtisch in N{\"u}rnberg}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2003}, > volume = {3/03}, > pages = {8--9}, > month = sep, > abstract = { Insgesamt zehn Mitglieder der beiden bayerischen {\TeX}-Stammtische in > Erlangen und M{\"u}nchen trafen sich am Samstag, den 9.~August 2003 zum > ersten Mal zu einem gemeinsamen {\TeX}-Stammtisch in N{\"u}rnberg. }, > altnumber = {15}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk02.1:siart:ansprechende, > author = {Uwe Siart}, > title = {Ansprechende technische Illustration mit \MP}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2002}, > volume = {1/02}, > month = mar, > abstract = { \MP\ ist eine Grafik-Beschreibungssprache zur Erstellung qualitativ hochstehender Vektorzeichnungen. > Obwohl der Compiler in praktisch allen modernen {\TeX}-Distributionen > enthalten ist, findet \MP\ noch relativ wenig Beachtung. \MP\ ist > besonders geeignet zur Erstellung von Strichzeichnungen, wie sie in > Naturwissenschaft und Technik h{\"a}ufig auftreten. Dabei erzeugt es besonders > schlanke Bilddateien, deren Format praktisch identisch zu EPS ist. > Allerdings werden Ressourcen, die das {\TeX}-Dokument ohnehin einbindet, > einfach weggelassen. Die angef{\"u}hrten Beispiele stammen -- wie auch > der Autor -- aus dem ingenieurwissenschaftlich-technischen Bereich. > Sie sollen einige F{\"a}higkeiten von \MP\ aufzeigen und den Leser > ermutigen, seine eigenen Anwendungsgebiete f{\"u}r \MP\ zu suchen. }, > altnumber = {14}, > altvolume = {1}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.2:sieber:russischer, > author = {Holm Sieber}, > title = {Russischer {T}extsatz mit {\LaTeX}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1997}, > volume = {2/97}, > pages = {22--31}, > month = jul, > abstract = {Der Satz mehrsprachiger Texte mit {\LaTeXe} ist dank dem \glqq babel\grqq-Paket > an sich kein Problem. Beim ersten Versuch, damit einen russischen > Text zu setzen, mu{\ss}te ich allerdings feststellen, da{\ss} meine > {\TeX}-Distribution (te{\TeX}) daf{\"u}r nicht vorbereitet gewesen ist. Ich habe > daraufhin die fehlenden Teile installiert. Hier beschreibe ich die > einzelnen Schritte dieser Installation, die Nutzung f{\"u}r das Schreiben > russischer Texte und die in diesem Proze{\ss} gewonnen Erfahrungen.}, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {\texttt{babel}, kyrillische Zeichens{\"a}tze, russische Trenntabellen}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk02.3:sieger:tipps, > author = {Rainer Sieger}, > title = {Tipps und Tricks: Kartenerstellung mit PanMap}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2002}, > volume = {3/02}, > pages = {55--58}, > month = oct, > abstract = {In der Zeitschrift "`\DTK"' 2/2002 erschien in der Rubrik > Tipps und Tricks ein Artikel von Gerd Neugebauer über die Erstellung > von Illustrationen für \LaTeX. Als Beispiel wurde die Entwicklung > einer Landkarte dargestellt. Mit Hilfe des Programms PanMap kann > der Teil der reinen Kartenerstellung erheblich vereinfacht werden.}, > altnumber = {14}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk98.3:skoupy:new, > author = {Karel Skoup\'y}, > title = {{\NTS}: {N}ew {T}ypesetting {S}ystem -- ein neues {S}atzsystem}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {3/98}, > pages = {35--45}, > month = oct, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {10}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {NTS}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk02.3:skoupy:extending, > author = {Karel Skoup{\'y}}, > title = {Extending \NTS{} (by {\texttt{X\kern-.14em\lower.5ex\hbox{T}\kern-.14em\raise.2ex\hbox{S}}})}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2002}, > volume = {3/02}, > pages = {19--31}, > month = oct, > abstract = { The article evaluates the experience gained from extending \NTS. Two simple > extensions are mentioned and a more complicated one is studied in > more detail. It involves an abstract model of line-breaking and its > application to the \emph{paragraph-breaking into a fixed orthogonal > polygon shape}. It shows that extensions of \NTS\ are feasible and > discusses the different aspects of making extensions and/or changes. }, > altnumber = {14}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk98.2:sowa:kassenbericht, > author = {Friedhelm Sowa}, > title = {Kassenbericht 1996}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {2/98}, > pages = {10--11}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {10}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk98.3:sowa:kassenbericht, > author = {Friedhelm Sowa}, > title = {Kassenbericht 1997}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {3/98}, > pages = {8--9}, > month = oct, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {10}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk98.3:sowa:tex, > author = {Friedhelm Sowa}, > title = {{\TeX} {N}orth{E}ast}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {3/98}, > pages = {46--47}, > month = oct, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {10}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {TUG}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.3:sowa:kassenbericht, > author = {Friedhelm Sowa}, > title = {Kassenbericht 1995}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1997}, > volume = {3/97}, > pages = {9--10}, > month = oct, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, > keywords = {Kassenbericht}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:sowa:kassenbericht, > author = {Friedhelm Sowa}, > title = {Kassenbericht f{\"u}r den {Z}eitraum 1.1.1993--31.12.1993}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1996}, > volume = {1/96}, > pages = {16--17}, > month = jun, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {8}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, > keywords = {Kassenbericht}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk96.2:sowa:kassenbericht, > author = {Friedhelm Sowa}, > title = {Kassenbericht f{\"u}r den {Z}eitraum 1.1.1994--31.12.1994}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1996}, > volume = {2/96}, > pages = {6--9}, > month = aug, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {8}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, > keywords = {Kassenbericht}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:sowa:bericht, > author = {Friedhelm Sowa}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {BS}2000 {\&} {G}raphik}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1995}, > volume = {1/95}, > pages = {33--34}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {7}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {BS2000, Graphik}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:sowa:bericht, > author = {Friedhelm Sowa}, > title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {BS}2000 {\&} {G}raphik}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {3/94}, > pages = {34--35}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {BS2000, Graphik}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk93.3:sowa:kassenbericht, > author = {Friedhelm Sowa}, > title = {Kassenbericht f{\"u}r den {Z}eitraum 1.1.1992--1.12.1992}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1993}, > volume = {3/93}, > pages = {26--27}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {5}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, > keywords = {Kassenbericht}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:sowa:kassenbericht, > author = {Friedhelm Sowa}, > title = {Kassenbericht f{\"u}r den {Z}eitraum 1.1.1991--31.12.1991}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1992}, > volume = {1/92}, > pages = {23--25}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, > keywords = {Kassenbericht}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk92.2:sowa:stammtisch, > author = {Friedhelm Sowa}, > title = {Stammtisch in {D}uisburg}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1992}, > volume = {2/92}, > pages = {5--6}, > month = aug, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, > keywords = {Stammtisch}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk92.2:sowa:text, > author = {Friedhelm Sowa}, > title = {Text und {B}ilder}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1992}, > volume = {2/92}, > pages = {41--45}, > month = aug, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Bilder, Grafik, \verb|picinpar.sty|}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk91.2:sowa:grafikintegration, > author = {Friedhelm Sowa}, > title = {Grafikintegration mit \textsf{BM2FONT}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1991}, > volume = {2/91}, > pages = {10--14}, > month = aug, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {bm2font, Grafik, Bilder}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk90.3:sowa:kassenbericht, > author = {Friedhelm Sowa}, > title = {Kassenbericht f{\"u}r den {Z}eitraum 9.10.1989--4.9.1990}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1990}, > volume = {3/90}, > pages = {8}, > month = nov, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, > keywords = {Kasenbericht}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk99.2:splett:interlinearuebersetzung, > author = {Siegfried Splett}, > title = {Interlinear{\"u}bersetzung -- Wer wei{\ss} Rat?}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1999}, > volume = {2/99}, > pages = {44--46}, > month = may, > abstract = {Gesucht wird ein Verfahren, mit dem zweisprachige Texte gesetzt werden k{\"o}nnen. In > einer {\em Interlinear{\"u}bersetzung} steht unter den Satzteilen der > Quelle die {\"U}bertragung, m{\"o}glichst Wort f{\"u}r Wort, in die > Zielsprache. Es gibt ein umfangreiches Vorbild: Das Neue Testament $\cdot$ > \emph{Interlinear{\"u}bersetzung Griechisch-Deutsch}, das in dieser Technik gesetzt ist. }, > altnumber = {11}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:splett:russische, > author = {Siegfried Splett}, > title = {Das russische {A}lphabet -- mit {\glqq}{B}ordmitteln{\grqq} erstellt}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1995}, > volume = {1/95}, > pages = {28--30}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {7}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Fonts, Schriften, Kyrillisch}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk98.1:steinbach-werner:editorial, > author = {Claudia Steinbach-Werner}, > title = {Editorial}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {1/98}, > pages = {3--4}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {10}, > annote = {#editorial#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk98.2:steinbach-werner:editorial, > author = {Claudia Steinbach-Werner}, > title = {Editorial}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {2/98}, > pages = {3--4}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {10}, > annote = {#editorial#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk98.3:steinbach-werner:editorial, > author = {Claudia Steinbach-Werner}, > title = {Editorial}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {3/98}, > pages = {3--4}, > month = oct, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {10}, > annote = {#editorial#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:steinhaeuser:anmerkungen, > author = {Steffen Steinh{\"a}user}, > title = {Anmerkungen zu script\_l}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1993}, > volume = {1/93}, > pages = {62--63}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {5}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, > keywords = {Leserbrief, \verb|script_l|, Fonts, Schriften}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:steinhaeuser:serienbriefe, > author = {Steffen Steinh{\"a}user}, > title = {Serienbriefe und vieles mehr \dots}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1993}, > volume = {1/93}, > pages = {46--49}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {5}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Serienbriefe, Briefe}, >} > >@BOOK{bib:quicksilver, > title = {Quicksilver}, > publisher = {Goldmann}, > year = {2004}, > author = {Neal Stephenson}, > address = {München}, > month = aug, > isbn = {3-442-54568-4}, > abstract = {Der erste Band der gefeierten »Barock-Trilogie« Europa, um > 1665: Daniel Waterhouse, Querdenker, Puritaner und Verächter der > alten Geheimwissenschaften, strebt mit seinem Freund Isaac Newton > und einigen anderen großen Geistern des barocken Europa nach Wissen > und Erkenntnis, während die Welt ringsum ein einziges Chaos ist. > Überall ringt die Vernunft mit dem blutigen Ehrgeiz der Mächtigen, > und jederzeit können Katastrophen ? ob natürlich oder hausgemacht > ? die politische Landschaft über Nacht verändern. In dieser Zeit > steigt Jack Shaftoe vom Londoner Gassenjungen zum legendären König der > Vagabunden auf. Er riskiert Leib und Leben für sein Glück und seine > Liebe ? und verliert durch die Syphilis schleichend den Verstand. > Gleichzeitig schlägt sich seine Geliebte Eliza, die er aus einem türkischen > Harem befreit hat, bis zum Hof Ludwigs XIV. durch, wird Mätresse, > Spionin und Schachfigur in den Händen von königlichen Staatenlenkern. > Die Wege von Daniel, Jack und Eliza führen kreuz und quer durch das > zerrissene Europa, sie berühren und verschlingen sich, während allerorten > ein neues Zeitalter seine Schatten voraus wirft ? "Vielleicht ist > 'Quicksilver', das einen Schatz an Geschichten, Personen, Handlungen > und Verknüpfungen enthält, weniger ein Buch als ein Ort, den wir > besuchen und an dem wir uns tummeln können. Eines ist sicher: Der > (ehemalige) SF-Autor Stephenson ist damit endgültig in der Gegenwart der > Vergangenheit angekommen. Die uns durchaus einen viel sagenden Blick in > die Zukunft offenbaren kann." Buchjournal "Der Autor entwirft ein > lebendiges Panorama einer großen Epoche der Wissenschaft: die manische > Kleinarbeit der Forscher in abgelegenen Laboratorien, ihre Erfolge und > Niederlagen. 'Quicksilver' ist Wissenschafts-Thriller, Historienschmöker und > Schelmenroman auf höchstem Niveau." SZ Wissen "Geniale Schöpferkraft ? Sie > werden sich wünschen, dass es nie zu Ende geht!" Time Magazine}, > owner = {Christian Faulhammer}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk03.2:sterzl:finanzbericht, > author = {Tobias Sterzl}, > title = {Finanzbericht 2002}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2003}, > volume = {2/03}, > pages = {11--14}, > month = may, > altnumber = {15}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk00.4:sterzl:literarischer, > author = {Tobias Sterzl}, > title = {Ein "`literarischer"' Ergu{\ss} {\"u}ber die {\TeX}-Tagung an der Fernuniversit{\"a}t/Gesamthochschule Hagen}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2000}, > volume = {4/00}, > pages = {10--11}, > month = nov, > altnumber = {12}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.1:steuer:postkarten, > author = {Arne W. Steuer}, > title = {Postkarten mit {P}as{\TeX} auf dem {A}miga}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {1/94}, > pages = {40--41}, > month = jul, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Amiga, Pas\TeX, Postkarten, \verb|postcard.sty|}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:steuer:style-files, > author = {Arne W. Steuer}, > title = {Style-{F}iles -- leicht gemacht}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {3/94}, > pages = {25--30}, > month = sep, > abstract = {Es wird geschildert, wie insbesondere {\LaTeX}-Einsteiger einfache Stil-Optionen > (Style-Files) selbst entwickeln k{\"o}nnen. Grundsatz dabei ist: > Vom Speziellen zum Allgemeinen. Beispielhaft wird die Erstellung > eines Style-Files zum Beschriften von Aktenordnern beschrieben. Im > Vordergrund steht dabei nicht die Ber{\"u}cksichtigung von Tricks und > Feinheiten der Makroprogrammierung. Vielmehr ist es Ziel, eine leicht > nachvollziehbare Vorgehensweise darzustellen, die zu einfachen aber > funktionierenden Ergebnissen f{\"u}hrt und zu eigenen Experimenten anregt.}, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Makrodefinition, Makroprogrammierung, Styles erstellen, }, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk93.3:steuer:cassettenhuellen, > author = {Arne W. Steuer}, > title = {Cassettenh{\"u}llen mit {\LaTeX}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1993}, > volume = {3/93}, > pages = {28--29}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {5}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Casettenh{\"u}llen, \verb|cassette.sty|}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk00.3:storbeck:schoener, > author = {Sven Storbeck}, > title = {Sch{\"o}ner Lesen~--~gut lesbare und optisch ansprechende Texte durch gute Typografie}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2000}, > volume = {3/00}, > pages = {6--30}, > month = sep, > abstract = {Jeder Autor eines Textes m{\"o}chte, dass dieser auch > gelesen wird. Zur Erf{\"u}llung dieses Wunsches tragen nicht nur > die stilistischen H{\"o}henfl{\"u}ge des Verfassers bei, sondern > auch das {\"a}u{\ss}ere Erscheinungsbild des Textes. Der folgende > Artikel~-- der sich an den typografisch Unbedarften wendet~-- zeigt, > wie es dem Leser leicht gemacht werden kann, den Text zu erfassen. }, > altnumber = {12}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk91.2:strempel:latex-programm, > author = {Torsten-Karl Strempel}, > title = {{\LaTeX}-{P}rogramm zum {B}riefeschreiben}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1991}, > volume = {2/91}, > pages = {22--25}, > month = aug, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Briefe, \verb|tksbrief.sty|}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk93.2:strobel:fraktur, > author = {Franz Strobel}, > title = {Fraktur und \texttt{eqnarray}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1993}, > volume = {2/93}, > pages = {58--59}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {5}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, > keywords = {Leserbrief, Fraktur, Formelsatz}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk93.3:suchanek:mathematikaufgaben, > author = {Jan Suchanek}, > title = {Mathematikaufgaben mit {P}ascal und {\LaTeX}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1993}, > volume = {3/93}, > pages = {29--32}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {5}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Pascal, Aufgaben, Mathematik}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:sumbeck:verwaltung, > author = {Fred Sumbeck}, > title = {Verwaltung von {L}iteraturdatenbanken}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1992}, > volume = {1/92}, > pages = {39--46}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {BibTeX, Literaturverzeichnis}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk02.2:szillat:finanzbericht, > author = {Horst Szillat}, > title = {Finanzbericht 2001}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2002}, > volume = {2/02}, > pages = {13--17}, > month = jun, > altnumber = {14}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk01.1:szillat:beitragsordnung, > author = {Horst Szillat}, > title = {Beitragsordnung \dante}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2001}, > volume = {1/01}, > pages = {22--25}, > month = apr, > altnumber = {13}, > altvolume = {1}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk01.1:szillat:finanzbericht, > author = {Horst Szillat}, > title = {Finanzbericht 2000}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2001}, > volume = {1/01}, > pages = {16--20}, > month = apr, > altnumber = {13}, > altvolume = {1}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk00.1:szillat:finanzbericht, > author = {Horst Szillat}, > title = {Finanzbericht 1999}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2000}, > volume = {1/00}, > pages = {11--17}, > month = may, > altnumber = {12}, > altvolume = {1}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk99.4:szillat:finanzbericht, > author = {Horst Szillat}, > title = {Finanzbericht~1998, Mitgliederversammlung 19.~September 1999}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1999}, > volume = {4/99}, > pages = {20--24}, > month = nov, > altnumber = {11}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.2:szillat:internet-anschluss, > author = {Horst Szillat}, > title = {Internet-{A}nschlu{\ss} -- selbst gebastelt}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {2/94}, > pages = {37--39}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {Internet}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:szillat:dc-fonts, > author = {Horst Szillat}, > title = {{DC}-{F}onts}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1992}, > volume = {1/92}, > pages = {52--54}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, > keywords = {Leserbrief, Fonts (DC), DC-Fonts, Schriften}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk92.2:szillat:ams-latex, > author = {Horst Szillat}, > title = {{\AMS-\LaTeX}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1992}, > volume = {2/92}, > pages = {26--31}, > month = aug, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {\AMS-\LaTeX}, >} > >@BOOK{bib:guidesi, > title = {Guide for the Use of the International System of Units (SI)}, > publisher = {National Institute of Standards and Technology}, > year = {1995}, > author = {Barry N. Taylor}, > volume = {811}, > series = {NIST Special Publication}, > address = {Gaithersburg, MD 20899-0001}, > month = apr, > abstract = {The International System of Units, universally abbreviated SI (from the > French Le Syste`me International d?Unite?s ), is the modern metric > system of measurement. Long the dominant measurement system used in > science, the SI is becoming the dominant measurement system used in > international commerce. The Omnibus Trade and Competitiveness Act of > August 1988 [Public Law (PL) 100-418] changed the name of the National > Bureau of Standards (NBS) to the National Institute of Standards and > Technology (NIST) and gave to NIST the added task of helping United States > industry increase its competitiveness in the global marketplace. It also > recognized the rapidly expanding use of the SI by amending the Metric > Conversion Act of 1975 (PL 94-168). In particular, section 5164 (Metric > Usage) of PL 100-418 designates the metric system of measurement > as the preferred system of weights and measures for United States > trade and commerce . . . and requires that each Federal agency, by > a date certain and to the extent economically feasible by the end > of fiscal year 1992, use the metric system of measurement in its > procurements, grants, and other business-related activities, except to the > extent that such use is impractical or is likely to cause significant > inefficiencies or loss of markets for United States firms . . . In January > 1991, the Department of Commerce issued an addition to the Code of > Federal Regulations entitled ??Metric Conversion Policy for Federal > Agencies,?? 15 CFR 1170, which removes the voluntary aspect of the > conversion to the SI for Federal agencies and gives in detail the > policy for that conversion. Executive Order 12770, issued in July > 1991, reinforces that policy by providing Presidential authority and > direction for the use of the metric system of measurement by Federal > agencies and departments.* Because of the importance of the SI to both > science and technology, NIST has over the years published documents to > assist NIST authors and other users of the SI, especially to inform > them of changes in the SI and in SI usage. For example, this second > edition of the Guide replaces the first edition prepared by Arthur O. > McCoubrey and published in 1991. That edition, in turn, replaced NBS > Letter Circular LC 1120 (1979), which was widely distributed in the > United States and which was incorporated into the NBS Communications > Manual for Scientific, Technical, and Public Information, a manual of > instructions issued in 1980 for the preparation of technical publications at > NBS. It is quite natural for NIST to publish documents on the use of > the SI. First, NIST coordinates the Federal Government policy on > the conversion to the SI by Federal agencies and on the use of the > SI by United States industry and the public. Second, NIST provides > official United States representation in the various international > bodies established by the Meter Convention (Convention du Me`tre, > often called the Treaty of the Meter in the United States), which > was signed in Paris in 1875 by seventeen countries, including the > United States (nearly 50 countries are now members of the Convention). > One body created by the Meter Convention is the General Conference > on Weights and Measures (CGPM, Confe?rence Ge?ne?rale des Poids et > Mesures ), a formal diplomatic organization.** The International > System was in fact established by the 11th CGPM in 1960, and it is the > responsibility of the CGPM to ensure that the SI is widely disseminated and > that it reflects the latest advances in science and technology. This > 1995 edition of the Guide corrects a number of misprints in the 1991 > edition, incorporates a significant amount of additional material > intended to answer frequently asked questions concerning the SI and SI > usage, and updates the bibliography. The added material includes a > check list in Chapter 11, which is reproduced immediately after this > Preface for easy reference, for reviewing the consistency of NIST > manuscripts with the SI. Some changes in format have also been made in an > attempt to improve the ease of use of the Guide. In keeping with > United States and NIST practice (see Sec. C.3), this edition of the > Guide continues to use the dot as the decimal marker rather than > the comma, the spellings ??meter,?? ??liter,?? and ??deka?? rather > than ??metre,?? ??litre,?? and ??deca,?? and the name ??metric ton?? > rather than ??tonne.?? I should like to take this opportunity to thank > James B. McCracken of the NISTMetric Program for his highly capable > assistance in the early stages of the preparation of this Guide.}, > comment = {Ersetzt Version von 1991}, > organization = {United States Department of Commerce}, > owner = {Christian Faulhammer}, > url = {http://physics.nist.gov/cuu/pdf/sp811.pdf}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk93.2:taylor.obermiller:zukunft, > author = {Phil Taylor and Walter Obermiller}, > title = {Die {Z}ukunft von {\TeX}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1993}, > volume = {2/93}, > pages = {19--37}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {5}, > annote = {#fremdebuehne#}, > keywords = {\TeX-Entwicklung, NTS}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk99.4:taylor:pragmatische, > author = {Philip Taylor}, > title = {Eine pragmatische Herangehensweise an den Absatzumbruch}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1999}, > volume = {4/99}, > pages = {43--49}, > month = nov, > note = {Dieser Artikel ist in TUGboat 14(1993)\#2, Juli~1993, Seite 138--140 erschienen und wurde von Rebecca Stiels {\"u}bersetzt.}, > altnumber = {11}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk98.2:taylor:-tex, > author = {Philip Taylor}, > title = {{$\varepsilon$-\TeX} {V}ersion 2: {V}erf{\"u}gbar auf der {CD-ROM} "`{\TeX} {L}ive"'!}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {2/98}, > pages = {26--35}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {10}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {$\varepsilon$-\TeX}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk95.2:team:modifying, > author = {\LaTeX3{} Project Team}, > title = {Modifying {\LaTeXe}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1995}, > volume = {2/95}, > pages = {6--10}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {7}, > annote = {#fremdebuehne#}, > keywords = {\LaTeX-Entwicklung, \LaTeX3}, >} > >@MISC{package:ifthen, > author = {The \LaTeX3-Project Team}, > title = {\Package{ifthen.sty} -- Implements programming control structures, version 1.1c}, > year = {2001}, > note = {\url{CTAN://macros/latex/base/}}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:team:latex, > author = {{\LaTeX} Programming Team}, > title = {{\LaTeX} {N}ews, {I}ssue2, {D}ecember 1994}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {3/94}, > pages = {18--20}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#fremdebuehne#}, > keywords = {\LaTeX-News, \LaTeX-Entwicklung}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk99.3:teilnahme:eurotex99, > author = {Einladung zur Teilnahme}, > title = {Euro{\TeX}'99 -- XI. Europ{\"a}ische {\TeX}-Konferenz}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1999}, > volume = {3/99}, > pages = {61--63}, > month = aug, > altnumber = {11}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {Spielplan}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk01.1:theofel:12, > author = {Jan Theofel}, > title = {12.\ {\TeX}-Tagung in Rosenheim -- Ein pers{\"o}nlicher Bericht}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2001}, > volume = {1/01}, > pages = {32--35}, > month = apr, > altnumber = {13}, > altvolume = {1}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.1:thewalt:dante94, > author = {Volker Thewalt}, > title = {{DANTE}'94 in {M}{\"u}nster -- ein kurzer {T}agungsbericht}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {1/94}, > pages = {23--27}, > month = jul, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#theatertage#}, > keywords = {Tagungsbericht}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk01.3:thiel:emacs, > author = {Rainer Thiel}, > title = {Emacs, Auc{\TeX}\ und MiK{\TeX}s \textsf{Yap} unter Windows}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2001}, > volume = {3/01}, > pages = {6--14}, > month = sep, > abstract = { Wer die Vorteile eines Satzsystems wie {\LaTeXTeX} nutzen will, muss auf die direkte > Begutachtung seiner Arbeit auf dem Bildschirm verzichten. M{\"o}glich ist > dagegen ein bequemer Editor-Compiler-Zyklus, der es erlaubt, vom > DVI-Viewer an die entsprechende Stelle im Quelltext zu springen und > umgekehrt. Der vorliegende Beitrag beschreibt aus der Sicht eines mit den > Interna von {\LaTeXTeX} kaum vertrauten Anwenders, wie dies unter > Windows mit GNU-\textsf{Emacs} und MiK{\TeX} zu realisieren ist. }, > altnumber = {13}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk00.2:thomas-koch:einladung, > author = {Thomas Koch, Thomas Feuerstack}, > title = {Einladung zur Herbstagung und 23.~Mitgliederversammlung von \dante}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2000}, > volume = {2/00}, > pages = {8}, > month = jul, > altnumber = {12}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk90.4:thull:gebrauch, > author = {Klaus Thull}, > title = {Der {G}ebrauch von {\MF}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1990}, > volume = {4/90}, > pages = {25--36}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Metafont, Fontentwurf, Schriftentwurf}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk90.3:tolksdorf:deutschsprachige, > author = {Robert Tolksdorf}, > title = {Deutschsprachige {V}ersion des {\BibTeX}-\texttt{alpha}-{S}tils}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1990}, > volume = {3/90}, > pages = {28}, > month = nov, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {BibTeX, Literaturverzeichnis}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk90.3:tolksdorf:kennzeichnung, > author = {Robert Tolksdorf}, > title = {Kennzeichnung von {V}orversionen eines {D}okumentes}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1990}, > volume = {3/90}, > pages = {26--29}, > month = nov, > abstract = {Durch eine kleine Modifikation der Output-Routine von {\LaTeX} werden Vorversionen eines > Dokumentes durch eine zus{\"a}tzliche Zeile am Seitenende als solche > gekennzeichnet. Die Modifikation wird als Style-Option implementiert.}, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk00.4:trautner:jiddisch, > author = {Martin Trautner}, > title = {Jiddisch mit {\TeX} und {\LaTeX}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2000}, > volume = {4/00}, > pages = {13--26}, > month = nov, > abstract = {Jiddisch, die Sprache des osteurop{\"a}ischen Judentums, stellt > besondere Anforderungen an {\TeX} und {\LaTeX}. Zum einen m{\"u}ssen > geeignete Fonts beschafft und bereitgestellt werden. Zum anderen > ist {\TeX} mit der F{\"a}higkeit zu bidirektionalem Schriftsatz zum > Schreiben gemischter Texte von links nach rechts beziehungsweise von > rechts nach links auszustatten. Im Folgenden werden die verschiedenen > M{\"o}glichkeiten untersucht, jiddische Texte mit {\TeX} und {\LaTeX} zu > setzen. Das Ergebnis in der gewohnt hohen Qualit{\"a}t von {\TeX} > macht dieses Satzsystem beispielsweise auch f{\"u}r den Einsatz in > wissenschaftlichen Einrichtungen interessant, die sich mit der Erforschung > jiddischer Sprache und Kultur besch{\"a}ftigen. Bei allen {\"U}berlegungen > wei{\ss} sich der Verfasser der Idee freier Software verpflichtet. }, > altnumber = {12}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:unger:mailbox, > author = {J{\"u}rgen Unger}, > title = {Die {M}ailbox von {DANTE} e.{V}. -- es ist vollbracht}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1995}, > volume = {1/95}, > pages = {18--20}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {7}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:vieth:schnell, > author = {Ulrik Vieth}, > title = {{"`S}chnell ans {Z}iel mit {\LaTeXe"`} von {J}{\"o}rg {K}nappen}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {4/97}, > pages = {44--47}, > month = feb, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#rezension#}, > keywords = {Rezension}, > reference = {J{\"o}rg Knappen: \emph{Schnell ans Ziel mit \LaTeXe}\\ R. Oldenbourg Verlag, > M{\"u}nchen, Wien, 1997;\\ ISBN 3-486-24199-0\\ 207 Seiten, 48,00~DM}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk98.2:vieth:latex, > author = {Ulrik Vieth}, > title = {"`{T}he {\LaTeX} {G}raphics {C}ompanion"' von {G}oosens et al.}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {2/98}, > pages = {49--52}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {10}, > annote = {#rezension#}, > keywords = {Rezension}, > reference = {M. Goosens, F. Mittelbach, S. Rahtz: \emph{The \LaTeX\ Graphics > Companion -- Illustrating Documents with \TeX\ and PostScript}\\ Addison > Wesley Longman 1997;\\ ISBN 0-201-85469-4\\ 580 Seiten, \$\,39,95}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk98.3:vieth:tex, > author = {Ulrik Vieth}, > title = {"`{\TeX} {U}nbound"' von {A}lan {H}oenig}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {3/98}, > pages = {54--57}, > month = oct, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {10}, > annote = {#rezension#}, > keywords = {Rezension}, > reference = {Alan Hoenig: \emph{\TeX\ unbound -- > \LaTeX\ \& \TeX\ Strategies for Fonts, Graphics and More}\\ Oxford > University Press, Oxford and New Yort, 1998\\ ISBN: 0-19-509686-X > (Paperback) 0-19-509685-1 (hardbound)\\ 594 Seiten, \$\,35 / \$\,60}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk96.2:vieth:tex, > author = {Ulrik Vieth}, > title = {{\TeX} {L}ive -- {D}ie erste {TDS}-konforme ready-to-run {\TeX}-{CD-ROM} f{\"u}r {U}nix-{S}ysteme und andere {P}lattformen}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1996}, > volume = {2/96}, > pages = {56--63}, > month = aug, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {8}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {CD-ROM, TDS}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk93.2:vieth:bericht, > author = {Ulrik Vieth}, > title = {Bericht von der 14.~{T}agung der {TUG}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1993}, > volume = {2/93}, > pages = {6--18}, > month = sep, > note = {Zusammenfassung einiger Workshops und Vortr{\"a}ge zur 14. TUG-Tagung in Birmingham.}, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {5}, > annote = {#theatertage#}, > keywords = {Tagungsbericht}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk03.1:voss:optische, > author = {Herbert Vo{\ss}}, > title = {Optische Darstellungen mit \texttt{pst-optic}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2003}, > volume = {1/03}, > pages = {40--59}, > month = feb, > abstract = { Mit diesem Artikel soll die Beschreibung der Teilpakete, die alle unter dem > Synonym \texttt{pstricks} zusammengefasst werden und mittlerweile > mehr als nur latent undurchsichtig erscheinen, mit einem Paket zur > Darstellung der optischen Verh{\"a}ltnisse an Linsen fortgesetzt werden. > Derartige Abbildungen geh{\"o}ren zu den Standardthemen in Schule und > Universit{\"a}t und k{\"o}nnen daher f{\"u}r einige Leser interessant sein. }, > altnumber = {15}, > altvolume = {1}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk03.3:voss:erstellen, > author = {Herbert Vo{\ss}}, > title = {Erstellen von Schaltbildern mit \texttt{pst-circ}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2003}, > volume = {3/03}, > pages = {33--49}, > month = sep, > abstract = { Mit diesem Artikel wird die Beschreibung der > Teilpakete, die alle unter dem Synonym \verb|pstricks| zusammengefasst > werden, mit einem Paket zur Darstellung von Schaltbildern fortgesetzt. > Derartige Abbildungen geh{\"o}ren zu den Standardthemen in Schule > und Universit{\"a}t und k{\"o}nnen daher f{\"u}r einige interessant > sein, insbesondere wenn es gilt, f{\"u}r Ver{\"o}ffentlichungen oder > Arbeitsbl{\"a}tter auf einfache Art und Weise Ersatzschaltbilder zu > erstellen ohne auf Vektorzeichenprogramme zugreifen zu m{\"u}ssen. }, > altnumber = {15}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk02.1:voss:mathematischen, > author = {Herbert Vo{\ss}}, > title = {Die mathematischen Funktionen von Postscript}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2002}, > volume = {1/02}, > month = mar, > abstract = { \PS, faktisch genauso alt wie {\TeX}, > ist im Verh{\"a}ltnis dazu allgemein noch weniger bekannt, wenn es > darum geht zu beurteilen, was es denn nun im eigentlichen Sinne ist. > Au{\ss}erdem wird h{\"a}ufig vergessen, dass sich mit den \PS-Funktionen > viele Dinge erledigen lassen, bei denen sonst auf externe Programme > zur{\"u}ckgegriffen wird. Dies wird im Folgenden f{\"u}r die mathematischen > Funktionen im Zusammenhang mit dem Paket \texttt{pst-plot} gezeigt. }, > altnumber = {14}, > altvolume = {1}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk02.3:voss:gauss-sty, > author = {Herbert Vo{\ss}}, > title = {{\texttt{gauss.sty}} -- Visualisierung des Gaußschen Eliminationsverfahrens}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2002}, > volume = {3/02}, > pages = {34--40}, > month = oct, > abstract = {Die Zahl der vorhanden \LaTeX-Pakete > ist sicherlich endlich, wenn man auch manchmal den gegenteiligen > Eindruck hat. Neben den mehr oder weniger bekannten Paketen gibt es eine > erhebliche Anzahl, die einem großen Anwenderkreis deswegen nicht > bekannt sind, weil deren Anwendung häufig sehr speziell ist. Dazu > gehört sicherlich das Paket \texttt{gauss}, welches nur sehr spezielle > Wünsche erfüllt, die im Folgenden an Beispielen beschrieben werden. }, > altnumber = {14}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@BOOK{bib:pst, > title = {PSTricks -- Grafik mit PostScrpt für {\TeX} und {\LaTeX}}, > publisher = {Lehmanns Fachbuchhandlung}, > year = {2004}, > author = {Herbert Voß}, > address = {Hamburg}, > month = jun, > isbn = {3-86541-053-7}, > owner = {Christian Faulhammer}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:wallmeier:deutsches, > author = {Markus Wallmeier}, > title = {Deutsches und internationales {\BibTeX}ing}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1992}, > volume = {1/92}, > pages = {35--38}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {BibTeX}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:wallmeier:probleme, > author = {Martin Wallmeier}, > title = {Probleme mit langen {\"U}berschriften in {\LaTeX} und ein {L}{\"o}sungsvorschlag}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1993}, > volume = {1/93}, > pages = {43--46}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {5}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {{\"U}berschriften}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk03.4:waschik:bericht, > author = {Sebastian Waschik}, > title = {Bericht von der Herbsttagung von \dante{}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2003}, > volume = {4/03}, > pages = {12--14}, > month = nov, > altnumber = {15}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk02.3:weibezahn:tex-tagung, > author = {Roland Weibezahn}, > title = {{\TeX}-Tagung DANTE\,2003 in Bremen -- Einladung und Call for Papers}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2002}, > volume = {3/02}, > pages = {5--6}, > month = oct, > altnumber = {14}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk92.2:wellssow:bericht, > author = {Arne Well{\ss}ow}, > title = {Bericht {\"u}ber {DANTE}'92 in {H}amburg}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1992}, > volume = {2/92}, > pages = {7--12}, > month = aug, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#theatertage#}, > keywords = {Tagungsbericht}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk93.2:werntges:grafik-import, > author = {Heinz Werntges}, > title = {Grafik-{I}mport in {\LaTeX}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1993}, > volume = {2/93}, > pages = {38--53}, > month = sep, > note = {Einbinden von Grafiken in {\LaTeX} mit Beispielen und diversen Wandelprogrammen.}, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {5}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Grafik, c't, Postscript, Rastergrafik, eps, Vektorgrafik, Metafont, \PiCTeX, > Xfig, \TeX{}cad, GhostScript, DVIPS, em\TeX, RUMgraph, bm2font, hp2xx}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk91.2:werntges:hp2xx, > author = {Heinz Werntges}, > title = {\texttt{hp2xx} -- {E}in {K}onverter f{\"u}r {HPGL}-{D}ateien}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1991}, > volume = {2/91}, > pages = {14--23}, > month = aug, > abstract = {HPGL ist ein Quasi-Standard f{\"u}r Vektorgrafiken. Wer HPGL-Bilder in {\TeX}-Dokumente > einbinden will, erh{\"a}lt mit \texttt{hp2xx} ein Hilfsmittel f{\"u}r > alle typischen Vorgehensweisen: \texttt{hp2xx} kann Druckdateien > erzeugen, so da{\ss} Abbildungen in alter Weise separat gedruckt und > eingeklebt werden k{\"o}nnen, generiert aber auch Rastergrafik (PCX), > entweder f{\"u}r die direkte Einbindung wie mit den {em\TeX}-Treibern, > oder f{\"u}r Weiterverarbeitung wie z.\,B. mit \texttt{bm2font}. > Das EPS-Format (encapsulated \textsc{PostScript}) erm{\"o}glicht > aufl{\"o}sungsunabh{\"a}ngige Bildeinbindung und ist insbesondere f{\"u}r > hochaufl{\"o}sende Drucker oder Lichtsatzanlagen interessant. Auch > \textsc{Metafont} wird unterst{\"u}tzt. Auf DOS-Rechnern mit VGA-Grafik ist > schlie{\ss}lich ein Preview-Modus realisiert. Das ausf{\"u}hrbare Programm ist > {\glqq}public domain{\grqq} und wird zur Zeit auf DOS, Sun (Sparc), sowie > (mit Einschr{\"a}nkungen) auf VAX/VMS und ATARI unterst{\"u}tzt.}, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {hp2xx, Konverter, Rastergrafik, Bilder, Postscript, bm2font, eps}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk91.3:wiechern:test, > author = {Hartmut Wiechern}, > title = {Test zweier {A}tari-{V}ersionen}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1991}, > volume = {3/91}, > pages = {34--37}, > month = oct, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Atari, Lindner-\TeX, Strunk-\TeX}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:wiechern:nachtrag, > author = {Hartmut Wiechern}, > title = {Nachtrag zum {A}tari-{\TeX}-{T}est}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1991}, > volume = {4/91}, > pages = {43--45}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Atari}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk99.3:wilhelms:4alltex-preview, > author = {Gerhard Wilhelms}, > title = {4all{\TeX}-Preview -- {\TeX}\ f{\"u}r alle?}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1999}, > volume = {3/99}, > pages = {51--56}, > month = aug, > abstract = {4all{\TeX} 5.0 ist eine {\TeX}-Umgebung f{\"u}r > Windows. Diesem Bericht liegt eine Vorab-Version zugrunde. Kleine > Unzul{\"a}nglichkeiten dieser Version wurden umgehend vom Autorenteam Erik > Frambach/Wietse Dol abgestellt. Der Bericht soll als Entscheidungshilfe > dienen, ob 4all{\TeX} als Alternative f{\"u}r das eigene System in > Frage kommen kann. Ein erweiterter Praxistest der endg{\"u}ltigen > Version von 4all{\TeX} folgt in der n{\"a}chsten Ausgabe von "`\DTK"'. }, > altnumber = {11}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:wilhelms:etwas, > author = {Gerhard Wilhelms}, > title = {Eine etwas andere {B}uchrezension}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1996}, > volume = {3/96}, > pages = {70--75}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {8}, > annote = {#rezension#}, > keywords = {PostScript, Acrobat, PDF, Rezension}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk00.1:willadt:texin, > author = {Peter Willadt}, > title = {{\TeX}\ in der Apotheke: ABDA-K{\"a}rtchen}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2000}, > volume = {1/00}, > month = may, > abstract = {{\TeX}\ eignet sich nicht > nur zum Erstellen von {\em beautifully typset documents}, sondern > ebenso als Werkzeug f{\"u}r schn{\"o}de Alltagsaufgaben. In diesem > Beitrag wird eine Einsatzm{\"o}glichkeit beschrieben, bei der der > Endanwender fast ohne Kenntnisse der {\TeX}-Makrosprache auskommt. }, > altnumber = {12}, > altvolume = {1}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {52--54}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk00.2:willadt:arial, > author = {Peter Willadt}, > title = {Arial installieren}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2000}, > volume = {2/00}, > pages = {16--21}, > month = jul, > abstract = {Layout-Vorschriften erzwingen gelegentlich die Verwendung einer nicht in einer > Standard-{\TeX}-Distribution enthaltenen Schrift. Im Folgenden wird am Beispiel > \emph{Arial} beschrieben, wie eine solche Schrift installiert wird, wenn die > ben{\"o}tigten \texttt{tfm}- und \texttt{vf}-Dateien bereits vorliegen. }, > altnumber = {12}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk00.2:willadt:robert, > author = {Peter Willadt}, > title = {Robert Bringhurst: The Elements of Typographic Style}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2000}, > volume = {2/00}, > pages = {58--59}, > month = jul, > altnumber = {12}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#rezension#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk00.3:willadt:zeilenabstaende, > author = {Peter Willadt}, > title = {Zeilenabst\"ande}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2000}, > volume = {3/00}, > pages = {31--36}, > month = sep, > abstract = {Der Zeilenabstand entscheidet mit dar\"uber, wie > gut ein Text lesbar ist. Zu kleine Zeilenabst\"ande f\"uhren dazu, > dass man die einzelnen Worte nur schwer entziffern kann; auch das > Verrutschen des Auges von einer Zeile in eine andere wird dadurch > beg\"unstigt. Zu gro\ss{}e Zeilenabst\"ande sehen seltsam aus; statt eines > gleichm\"a\ss{}igen Grauwertes wirkt die Seite "`gestreift"'. Mithin am > schlimmsten sind ungleiche Zeilenabst\"ande; der Leser wei{\ss} nicht, ob > ein Absatz endet oder ob es sich um ein Zufallsprodukt handelt. Im > Folgenden wird erl\"autert, wie {\TeX}\ mit Zeilenabst\"anden umgeht. }, > altnumber = {12}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk99.1:willadt:rohdaten, > author = {Peter Willadt}, > title = {Rohdaten einlesen}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1999}, > volume = {1/99}, > pages = {33--36}, > month = feb, > abstract = {Die Bearbeitung von Daten, die von anderen Programmen erzeugt wurden, f{\"a}llt > am leichtesten, wenn beim Datenexport Markup eingef{\"u}gt werden > kann, das \TeX\ versteht. In diesem Artikel soll gezeigt werden, > wie auch Daten, die kein Markup enthalten, jedoch in einem genau > festgelegten Format vorliegen, von \TeX\ bearbeitet werden k{\"o}nnen.}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk99.3:willadt:tex, > author = {Peter Willadt}, > title = {{\TeX} f{\"u}r Serient{\"a}ter}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1999}, > volume = {3/99}, > pages = {41--50}, > month = aug, > abstract = {Dieser Artikel erl{\"a}utert zuerst Anforderungen, die die Post an > Serienbriefe stellt, anschlie{\ss}end werden Hinweise zur Optimierung der > Verarbeitungsgeschwindigkeit seitens {\TeX} und des Druckers gegeben. }, > altnumber = {11}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:willadt:verflixte, > author = {Peter Willadt}, > title = {Das verflixte achte {B}it}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {4/97}, > pages = {29--39}, > month = feb, > abstract = {Wenn eine bestehende {\TeX}-Installation auf 8-Bit-Eingabe und 8-Bit-Zeichens{\"a}tze umgestellt wird, > ergeben sich einige neue Aspekte. Der Schwerpunkt dieses Artikels liegt > weniger bei den Details der Umstellung selbst, als vielmehr bei den > Ver{\"a}nderungen, die diese f{\"u}r die t{\"a}gliche Arbeit mit sich bringen.}, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {8-Bit, Fonts (8-Bit), Kodierung, Fonts (EC), EC-Fonts}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk98.2:willadt:ergaenzungsvorschlag, > author = {Peter Willadt}, > title = {Erg{\"a}nzungsvorschlag zum {R}edaktionsstatut}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {2/98}, > pages = {25}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {10}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk98.2:willadt:tabellen, > author = {Peter Willadt}, > title = {Tabellen importieren}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {2/98}, > pages = {42--45}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {10}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Tabellen}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk98.2:willadt:tex, > author = {Peter Willadt}, > title = {{\TeX} entfesselt -- "`{\TeX} unbound"' von {A}lan {H}oenig}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {2/98}, > pages = {52--53}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {10}, > annote = {#rezension#}, > keywords = {Rezension}, > reference = {Alan Hoenig: \emph{\TeX\ unbound -- > \LaTeX\ \& \TeX Strategies for Fonts, Graphics and More}\\ Oxford > University Press, Oxford and New Yort, 1998\\ ISBN: 0-19-509686-X > (Paperback) 0-19-509685-1 (hardbound)\\ 594 Seiten, \$\,35 / \$\,60}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk98.3:willadt:skalierbare, > author = {Peter Willadt}, > title = {Skalierbare {S}chriften}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {3/98}, > pages = {10--19}, > month = oct, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {10}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Fonts, Schriften, skalieren, PostScript, TrueType, PSNFSS}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk98.3:willadt:tex, > author = {Peter Willadt}, > title = {{\TeX} im {I}nternet -- {T}ips f{\"u}r den {E}instieg}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {3/98}, > pages = {30--34}, > month = oct, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {10}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Internet, WWW, FTP, E-Mail}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.2:willadt:mikrotypographie-regeln, > author = {Peter Willadt}, > title = {Mikrotypographie-{R}egeln, {T}eil {II}, {H}eft 1/97}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1997}, > volume = {2/97}, > pages = {43}, > month = jul, > note = {mit Antwort von Marion Neubauer}, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, > keywords = {Leserbrief, DIN-Vorschrift Datum, neue Rechtschreibung}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:willadt:orale, > author = {Peter Willadt}, > title = {Orale {S}pielereien -- {T}eil {III}, {H}eft 4/95}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1996}, > volume = {1/96}, > pages = {58--59}, > month = jun, > note = {mit einer Antwort von Bernd Raichle}, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {8}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, > keywords = {Makroverarbeitung, Makrodefinition, Makroprogrammierung, Leserbrief}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:willadt:anregungen, > author = {Peter Willadt}, > title = {Anregungen hinsichtlich der {S}oftwareverteilung von {DANTE} e.{V}.}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1992}, > volume = {3/92}, > pages = {29--30}, > month = nov, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@BOOK{bib:wegwsch, > title = {Wegweiser Schrift. Erste Hilfe im Umgang mit Schrift}, > publisher = {Schmidt}, > year = {2003}, > author = {Hans Peter Willberg}, > address = {Mainz}, > edition = {2}, > isbn = {3-87439-569-3}, > owner = {Christian Faulhammer}, >} > >@BOOK{bib:ehtypo, > title = {Erste Hilfe in Typografie}, > publisher = {Schmidt}, > year = {2003}, > author = {Hans Peter Willberg and Friedrich Forssmann}, > address = {Mainz}, > edition = {4}, > isbn = {3-87439-474-3}, > abstract = {Sie treffen täglich Schriftentscheidungen, aber bislang eher nach dem "I like it" des Tages? Sie > nehmen immer ein und dieselbe Schrift, aber die Texte von anderen > gefallen Ihnen oft besser? Dann hilft Ihnen Wegweiser Schrift als > Leitfaden im Schriften-Dschungel. Auf 100 anschaulichen Seiten führt > Hans Peter Willberg Gestalter unzähliger ausgezeichneter Bücher, > renommierter Fachautor und emeritierter Professor allgemeinverständlich > in Form, Stil und Geschichte der Schriften ein, sensibilisiert für > Charakter und Wirkung verschiedener Schriften, passende Mischungen > und erläutert die wichtigsten Regeln im Umgang mit Schrift. Viele > Praxisübungen und ungezählte Beispiele lassen Wegweiser Schrift zu einer > vergnüglichen Lektüre werden, die neben keinem Computer fehlen sollte.}, > owner = {Christian Faulhammer}, >} > >@BOOK{bib:willms, > title = {{\LaTeX} echt einfach}, > publisher = {Franzis Verlag}, > year = {2003}, > author = {Roland Willms}, > address = {Poing}, > edition = {3}, > isbn = {3-7723-6888-3}, > owner = {Christian Faulhammer}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:wisser:amiga, > author = {Ulrich Wisser}, > title = {Amiga und {\TeX}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1993}, > volume = {1/93}, > pages = {35--41}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {5}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Amiga, Amiga\TeX, Pas\TeX}, >} > >@BOOK{bib:wobst, > title = {Abenteuer Kryptologie -- Methoden, Risiken und Nutzen der Datenverschlüsselung}, > publisher = {Addison-Wesley}, > year = {2001}, > author = {Reinhard Wobst}, > series = {net.com}, > address = {München}, > edition = {3}, > isbn = {3-8273-1815-7}, > keywords = {Kryptologie, PGP, Sicherheit}, > owner = {Christian Faulhammer}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:woehle:geraeteunabhaengigkeit, > author = {Hartmut W{\"o}hle}, > title = {Ger{\"a}teunabh{\"a}ngigkeit}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1992}, > volume = {1/92}, > pages = {55}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, > keywords = {Leserbrief}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk00.1:zapf:meine, > author = {Hermann Zapf}, > title = {Meine Zusammenarbeit mit Don Knuth und meine Schriftentw{\"u}rfe}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2000}, > volume = {1/00}, > pages = {37--44}, > month = may, > altnumber = {12}, > altvolume = {1}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.2:zapf:has, > author = {Hermann Zapf}, > title = {Has type design any future}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {2/94}, > pages = {11--13}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#fremdebuehne#}, > keywords = {Stammtisch}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk93.4:zierke:latex, > author = {Reinhard Zierke}, > title = {The {\LaTeX} {C}ompanion}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1993}, > volume = {4/93}, > pages = {46--48}, > month = apr, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {5}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:zierke:stammtischbericht, > author = {Reinhard Zierke}, > title = {Stammtischbericht aus {H}amburg}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1992}, > volume = {1/92}, > pages = {25--26}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, > keywords = {Stammtisch}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk92.2:zierke:vieweg, > author = {Reinhard Zierke}, > title = {Das {V}ieweg {\LaTeX}-{B}uch: {E}ine praxisorientierte {E}inf{\"u}hrung}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1992}, > volume = {2/92}, > pages = {48--49}, > month = aug, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#rezension#}, > keywords = {Rezension}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk90.3:zierke:tagungsbericht, > author = {Reinhard Zierke}, > title = {Tagungsbericht vom 9.~{T}reffen der deutschen {\TeX}-{I}nteressenten in {G}{\"o}ttingen}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1990}, > volume = {3/90}, > pages = {11--16}, > month = nov, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#theatertage#}, > keywords = {Tagungsbericht}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk90.4:zierke:vereinfachter, > author = {Reinhard Zierke}, > title = {Vereinfachter {\TeX}-{A}ufruf unter {U}nix}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1990}, > volume = {4/90}, > pages = {17--22}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#bretter#}, > keywords = {Unix, \TeX-Aufruf}, >} > >@BOOK{bib:zilm, > title = {\LaTeX -- Das Einsteigerseminar}, > publisher = {351 Seiten, Verlag moderne industrie Buch, ISBN: 3-8266-7269-0, 9,95\,\euro}, > year = {2003}, > author = {Thorsten Zilm}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk93.4:latex3-projekt:latex2e, > author = {{\LaTeX}3-Projekt}, > title = {{\LaTeXe} -- {A} {N}ew {V}ersion of {\LaTeX}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1993}, > volume = {4/93}, > pages = {8--10}, > month = apr, > altnumber = {4}, > altvolume = {5}, > annote = {#fremdebuehne#}, > keywords = {\LaTeX3, \LaTeX-Entwicklung}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk00.2:team:enters, > author = {{\NTS\ Team}}, > title = {\NTS{} Enters Alpha Test}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2000}, > volume = {2/00}, > pages = {9--10}, > month = jul, > altnumber = {12}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk00.4:texmerchandising-project:year2001, > author = {{\TeX Merchandising Project}, Martin Schr{\"o}der}, > title = {Der \textbackslash{}year=2001 {\TeX} Kalender}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2000}, > volume = {4/00}, > pages = {55--56}, > month = nov, > altnumber = {12}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#fremdebuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk03.4:tex-merchandising-project:2004, > author = {{\TeX} Merchandising Project, Martin Schr{\"o}der}, > title = {Der {\textbackslash year=2004|} {\TeX} Kalender}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2003}, > volume = {4/03}, > pages = {69--70}, > month = nov, > altnumber = {15}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#fremdebuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk02.4:tex-merchandising-project:year2003, > author = {{\TeX} Merchandising Project, Martin Schr{\"o}der}, > title = {Der {\textbackslash}year=2003 {\TeX} Kalender}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2002}, > volume = {4/02}, > pages = {63--64}, > month = dec, > altnumber = {14}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#fremdebuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk01.3:tex-merchandising-project:year2002, > author = {{\TeX} Merchandising Project, Martin Schr{\"o}der}, > title = {Der {\textbackslash}year=2002 {\TeX}-Kalender}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2001}, > volume = {3/01}, > pages = {61--62}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {13}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#fremdebuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk00.1:tex-merchandising-project:year2000-tex-kalender, > author = {{\TeX}-Merchandising-Project, Martin Schr{\"o}der}, > title = {Der {\textbackslash{}year}=2000-{\TeX}-Kalender}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2000}, > volume = {1/00}, > pages = {57--58}, > month = may, > altnumber = {12}, > altvolume = {1}, > annote = {#fremdebuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk00.1:fitug-e-v-.ea:mehr, > author = {{Fitug e.V.} and others}, > title = {Mehr Rechtssicherheit bei Software-Patenten}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2000}, > volume = {1/00}, > pages = {55--57}, > month = may, > altnumber = {12}, > altvolume = {1}, > annote = {#fremdebuehne#}, >} > >@BOOK{bib:sisystem, > title = {The International System of Units (SI)}, > publisher = {National Institute of Standards and Technology}, > year = {2001}, > editor = {Barry N. Taylor}, > author = {{International Bureau of Weights and Measures}}, > volume = {330}, > series = {NIST Special Publication}, > address = {Gaithersburg, MD 20899-0001}, > edition = {7}, > month = jul, > abstract = {The International System of Units, universally > abbreviated SI (from the French Le Syste`me International d?Unite?s ), is > the modern metric system of measurement. Long the dominant system > used in science, the SI is rapidly becoming the dominant measurement > system used in international commerce. In recognition of this fact > and the increasing global nature of the marketplace, the Omnibus > Trade and Competitiveness Act of 1988, which changed the name of > the National Bureau of Standards (NBS) to the National Institute > of Standards and Technology (NIST) and gave to NIST the added task > of helping U.S. industry increase its competitiveness, designates > ?the metric system of measurement as the preferred system of weights > and measures for United States trade and commerce.? The definitive > international reference on the SI is a booklet published by the International > Bureau ofWeights and Measures (BIPM, Bureau International des Poids et > Mesures ) and often referred to as the BIPM SI Brochure. Entitled Le > Syste`me International d?Unite?s (SI) , the booklet is in French > followed by a text in English. This 2001 edition of NIST Special > Publication (SP) 330 is the United States version of the English text of > the seventh edition of the Brochure (the most current). However, > it also incorporates the contents of Supplement 2000: addenda and > corrigenda to the 7th edition (1998) [Supple?ment 2000: additions > et corrections a` la 7e e?dition (1998)] published by the BIPM in > June 2000. The 2001 edition of NIST SP 330 replaces its immediate > predecessor, the 1991 edition, which was based on the sixth edition of the > BIPM SI Brochure published in 1991. Like its 1991 predecessor, this > edition of NIST SP 330 conforms with the English text in the BIPM SI > Brochure but contains a few minor differences to reflect the most recent > interpretation of the SI for the United States by the Secretary of > Commerce, as published in the Federal Register of July 28, 1998, 63 FR > 40334-40340. (The Metric Conversion Act of 1975 gives the Secretary of > Commerce the responsibility of interpreting or modifying the SI for use > in the United States.) These differences are as follows: (i) The > spelling of English words is in accordance with the United States > Government Printing Office Style Manual, which follows Webster?s Third New > International Dictionary rather than the Oxford Dictionary. Thus the > spellings ?meter,? ?liter,? and ?deca? are used rather than ?metre,? > ?litre,? and ?deka? as in the original BIPM English text; (ii) the name > of the unit with symbol t and defined according to 1 t = 103 kg is > called ?metric ton? rather than ?tonne?; (iii) the four units curie, > roentgen, rad, and rem are included in Table 8; (iv) a number of > ?Editor?s notes? are added in order to indicate such differences > (except spelling differences) and to clarify the text; and (v) a few > very minor editorial changes are made in order to ?Americanize? some > phrases. Because of the importance of the SI to science, technology, and > commerce, and because (i) NIST coordinates the Federal Government > policy on the conversion to the SI by Federal agencies and on the > use of the SI by U.S. industry, (ii) NIST provides official U.S. > representation in the various international bodies established by the Meter > Convention (see Appendix 3), and (iii) the Secretary of Commerce has > delegated his authority to interpret or modify the SI for use in > the United States to the NIST Director, NIST provides a number of > other sources of information on the SI in addition to NIST SP 330. > These include NIST Special Publication 811, Guide for the Use of the > International System of Units (SI), by Barry N. Taylor; and NIST > Special Publication 814, Interpretation of the SI for the United > States and Metric Conversion Policy for Federal Agencies, Barry N. > Taylor, Editor. Further, NIST SP 330, NIST SP 811, the aforementioned > 1998 Federal Register notice, the ?essentials? of the SI together > with useful background information, and links to other organizations > involved with the SI, for example, the NIST Metric Program and the BIPM > itself, are all available on the Web site entitled ?NIST Reference on > Constants, Units, and Uncertainty? at physics.nist.gov/cuu. Users of this > NIST publication are encouraged to take advantage of these other > sources of information. I should like to thank James B. McCracken of > the NIST Metric Program, NIST Guest Researcher Ralph P. Hudson, and > Ilse E. Putman of the NIST Electronic Typesetting Group for their > highly capable assistance in the preparation of this publication.}, > comment = {Ersetzt Version von 1998}, > organization = {United States Department of Commerce}, > owner = {Christian Faulhammer}, > url = {http://physics.nist.gov/cuu/pdf/sp811.pdf}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk99.3:bexten.hiltner:latex, > author = {Erdmuthe {Meyer zu Bexten} and Jens Hiltner}, > title = {{\LaTeX}: Das ideale Satzsystem f{\"u}r blinde Studierende in naturwissenschaftlichen Disziplinen?}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1999}, > volume = {3/99}, > pages = {14--26}, > month = aug, > altnumber = {11}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk90.1:mid:publisher, > author = {{MID/Information Logistics Group GmbH}}, > title = {Publisher}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1990}, > volume = {1/90}, > pages = {40--41}, > month = mar, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#rezension#}, > key = {mid:publisher}, > keywords = {Rezension}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk94.1:wolfrum-jr-:os2, > author = {Philipp {Wolfrum jr.}}, > title = {{OS/2} und {\TeX}}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1994}, > volume = {1/94}, > pages = {54--55}, > month = jul, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {6}, > annote = {#leserbrief#}, > keywords = {Leserbrief, OS/2}, >} > >@BOOK{bib:oxford, > title = {Oxford Advanced Learner's Dictionary}, > publisher = {Cornelsen}, > year = {1995}, > editor = {Jonathan Crowther and Kathryn Kavanagh and Michael Ashby}, > address = {Berlin}, > edition = {5}, > isbn = {3-464-11223-0}, > owner = {Christian Faulhammer}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk03.3:typograpf, > title = {Typograpf der Zeit -- Hans Peter Willberg ist tot}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2003}, > volume = {3/03}, > pages = {57--58}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {15}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#rezension#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk03.4:tex, > title = {{\TeX} Collection: Fehler und Updates}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2003}, > volume = {4/03}, > pages = {27--28}, > month = nov, > altnumber = {15}, > altvolume = {4}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk00.2::tex-raetsel, > title = {{\TeX}-R\"atsel}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2000}, > volume = {2/00}, > pages = {35}, > month = jul, > altnumber = {12}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk00.3:tex-raetsel, > title = {{\TeX}-R{\"atsel}: Die L\"osung}, > journal = dtk, > year = {2000}, > volume = {3/00}, > pages = {54}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {12}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#bretter#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk98.1:redaktionsstatut, > title = {Redaktionsstatut}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {1/98}, > pages = {36--39}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {10}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk98.2:bericht, > title = {Bericht des {W}irtschaftpr{\"u}fers}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1998}, > volume = {2/98}, > pages = {12--25}, > month = sep, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {10}, > annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.2:latex-raetsel, > title = {{\LaTeX}-{R}{\"a}tsel}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1997}, > volume = {2/97}, > pages = {40}, > month = jul, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {Kreuzwortr{\"a}tsel}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk97.3:latex-raetsel, > title = {{\LaTeX}-{R}{\"a}tsel, {H}eft 2/97: {A}ufl{\"o}sung}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1997}, > volume = {3/97}, > pages = {25}, > month = oct, > altnumber = {3}, > altvolume = {9}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > keywords = {Kreuzwortr{\"a}tsel}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:ftp.shsu.edu, > title = {ftp.shsu.edu}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1996}, > volume = {1/96}, > pages = {24}, > month = jun, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {8}, > annote = {#fremdebuehne#}, > key = {ftp.shsu.edu}, > keywords = {Humor, Satire}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk96.2:latex-raetsel, > title = {{\LaTeXTeX}-{R}{\"a}tsel}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1996}, > volume = {2/96}, > pages = {69}, > month = aug, > altnumber = {2}, > altvolume = {8}, > annote = {#beiprogramm#}, > key = {latex-raetsel}, > keywords = {Kreuzwortr{\"a}tsel}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk91.1:physikalisches-maerchen, > title = {Ein physikalisches {M}{\"a}rchen}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1991}, > volume = {1/91}, > pages = {32--33}, > month = may, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {3}, > annote = {#magazin#}, > key = {physikalisches maerchen}, >} > >@ARTICLE{dtk90.1:rotkaeppchen, > title = {Rotk{\"a}ppchen, wie der {I}nformatiker es seinen {K}indern erz{\"a}hlt}, > journal = dtk, > year = {1990}, > volume = {1/90}, > pages = {44--45}, > month = mar, > altnumber = {1}, > altvolume = {2}, > annote = {#magazin#}, > keywords = {Humor, Satire}, > optauthor = {N. N.}, >} >
You cannot view the attachment while viewing its details because your browser does not support IFRAMEs.
View the attachment on a separate page
.
View Attachment As Raw
Actions:
View
Attachments on
bug 181086
: 121339